Advanced Search

Order On Announcements From The Danish Maritime Authority, Technical Regulation On Occupational Health In Ships

Original Language Title: Bekendtgørelse om Meddelelser fra Søfartsstyrelsen A, teknisk forskrift om arbejdsmiljø i skibe

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$40 per month.
Table of Contents

Introduction

Chapter I

Chapter II

Chapter III

Chapter IV

Chapter V

Chapter VI

Chapter VII

Chapter VIII

Chapter IX

Chapter X

Chapter XI

Chapter XII

Announceship : Announceship A, Technical Technical Statement on the Working Environment of Ships

In accordance with paragraph 1 (1), 2 and 3, sections 3, 5, section 20, paragraph 20. 4, section 27, paragraph. 4, and section 32, in the law on maritime safety, cf. Law Order no. 903 of 12. July 2007, which has been put into force on device no. 882 of 25. August 2008, on the entry into force of Greenland by law on maritime safety, shall be adopted according to the authority :

§ 1. The formula applies to all business activities carried out on board new and existing ships at home in Denmark and Greenland.

Paragraph 2. The detailed rules shall be printed in a staple form as annexes to this Regulation.

Paragraph 3. The people in paragraph 3. Paragraph 2 shall not limit the application of the Directives referred to in section 3.

Paragraph 4. The provisions of section 3 shall also apply to foreign ships which over a period of 14 days and over which are used in the case of construction works in Danish territorial waters.

Paragraph 5. Ships used solely for the carriage of goods and goods shall not be subject to paragraph 1. 4.

§ 2. The chapters and the captors are :

Chapter I
Execution of work
A IN A
The performance of the work, dated 1. July 2002.
A IN B
Young people's work in ships, dated 1. July 2002.
Chapter II
Chemical Work Environmental Impact
A (II)
Substances and materials, data December 15, 2009.
A (II)
Codenumbered products, dated 1. April 2003.
A (II)
Carcinogens and Materials, including asbestos and mutagens dated 1. January 2006.
A (II)
Breath of breath, dated 1. July 2002.
Chapter III
Physical Work Environmental Effences
A III A
Manual handling of burdens, dated 1. July 2002.
A III B (1)
Clothes, dated 1. January 2006.
A III B (2)
Vibrations, dated 1. July 2005.
A III C
Work in explosive atmospheres, dated 1. April 2003.
Chapter IV
(Reserved).
Chapter V
Psych work environment effects
A V A
Psych work environment (Reserved).
A V B
Hvile time (Reserved).
Chapter VI
Engineering aids (machines, scaffolding and other machinery)
A WE
Use of work equipment in ships, dated 1. July 2004.
Chapter VII
Personal protective equipment
A VII
The use of personal protective equipment, dated 1. January 2006.
Chapter VIII
Security signage, etc.
A VIII
Minimum requirements for signalling, security signalling, marking and signing, dated 1. July 2002.
Chapter IX
Studies, disease treatment and ship medicine
A IX A
Work medical examinations, dated 1. July 2002.
A IX B
Disease treatment and medicine on board ships, dated 1. September 2007.
Chapter X
Work Accidents
A X
Notification of labour accidents, dated 1. October 2006.
Chapter XI
Safety work
A XI A
Safety work in merchant ships and larger fishing vessels, dated 1. January 2006.
A XI B
Safety work in fishing ships, dated 1. July 2002.
Chapter XII
Work Environment Emission
A XII A
Maritime Safety Agency and Work Environment Service, dated 15 December 2009 .
A XIB B
Work Environment Agency for Fisheries, Data Eating December 15, 2009.

§ 3. The following Directives shall apply to Danish ships :

1) Council Directive 89 /391/EEC of 12. June 1989 on the implementation of measures to improve the safety and health of workers at work.

2) Council Directive 89 /655/EEC of 30. November 1989 on minimum safety and health requirements relating to the use of work equipment workers (other specific directive pursuant to Article 16 (2). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC), as amended by Council Directive 95 /63/EC of 5. December 1995, and Directive 2001 /45/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27. June 2001.

3) Council Directive 89 /656/EEC of 30. November 1989 on minimum safety and health requirements relating to workers ' use of personal protective equipment under the work (3rd Specific Directive in accordance with Article 16 (3). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC).

4) Council Directive 89 /686/EEC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to personal protective equipment, as amended by Council Directive 93 /68/EEC and 93 /95/EEC.

5) Council Directive 90 /269/EEC of 29. May 1990 on the minimum safety and health requirements relating to the manual handling of burdens which may result in the risk of, in particular, back and lower damage to the workers (Fourth Specific Directive in accordance with Article 16 (1). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC).

6) Directive 2004 /37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29. April 2004 on the protection of workers against the risks of exposure to carcinogens or mutagens (6th Specific Directive in accordance with Article 16 (4)). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC) (codified version).

7) Council Directive 91 /383/EEC on the addition of measures to improve safety and health at the workplace of workers who have a time-limited employment relationship or a temporary suspension.

8) Council Directive 92 /29/EEC of 31. March 1992 on minimum safety and health requirements in order to improve medical assistance on board ships.

9) Council Directive 92/58/EEC of 24. June 1992 laying down minimum requirements for safety and health advice under the work (the ninth specific directive in accordance with Article 16 (2). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC).

10) Council Directive 92 /85/EEC of 19. In October 1992 on the implementation of measures to improve safety and health at work for workers who are pregnant, who have recently given birth or are breastfeeding (Tenth Specific Directive in accordance with Article 16 (1). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC).

11) Council Directive 93 /103/EC of 23. Nov. Nov. 1993 on the minimum safety and health requirements at work on board fishing vessels (13th Specific Directive in accordance with Article 16 (3). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC).

12) Council Directive 94 /33/EC of 22. June 1994 on the protection of young people in the workplace.

13) Directive 2000 /54/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18. September 2000 on the protection of workers from the dangers of being exposed to biological agents during the work (Seventh Specific Directive in accordance with Article 16 (2). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC).

14) Council Directive 92 /57/EEC of 24. June 1992 laying down minimum safety and health requirements on temporary mobile construction sites (Eighth Specific Directive in accordance with Article 16 (3). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC).

15) Commission Directive 2001 /58/EC of 27. July 2001 on the second amendment to Directive 91 /155/EEC laying down the detailed rules for a specific information system for dangerous preparations for the implementation of Article 14 of Directive 1999 /45/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council dangerous substances for the implementation of Article 27 of Council Directive 67 /548/EEC (safety data sheets).

16) Council Directive 83 /477/EEC of 19. In September 1983, on the protection of workers from the dangers of being exposed to asbestos, as amended by Council Directive 91 /382/EEC of 25. June 1991, as amended by Directive 2003 /18/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27. March 2003. Council Directive 83 /478/EEC of 19. In September 1983 on the fifth amendment (asbestos) of Directive 76 /769/EEC on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions of the Member States relating to the restriction of the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations. Council Directive 85 /610/EEC of 20. December 1985 on the seventh amendment of Directive 76 /769/EEC, Commission Directive 91 /659/EEC of 3. December 1991 adapting to the technical development of Annex I to Council Directive 76 /769/EEC and Commission Directive 99 /77/EC of 26. July 1999 on the sixth adaptation to the technical development of Annex I to Council Directive 76 /769/EEC.

17) Directive 1999 /92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16. December 1999 laying down minimum requirements concerning the improvement of safety and health protection for workers who may be exposed from explosive atmospherities (five-part specific directive in accordance with Article 16 (2). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC).

18) Council Directive 98 /24/EC of 7. April 1998 on the protection of the safety and health of workers at work against the risks of chemical agents (14-year-EU special directive pursuant to Directive 98 /391/EEC, Article 16 (2). 1).

(19) Directive 2002 /44/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25. June 2002 on the minimum safety and health requirements for the exposure of workers to risks arising from physical agents (vibrations) (secuting special directive pursuant to Directive 89 /391/EEC, Article 16 (1). 1).

20) Directive 2003 /10/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6. February 2003 on the minimum safety and health requirements relating to the exposure of workers to risks arising from physical agents (noise) (17-year-specific Directive in accordance with Directive 89 /391/EEC, Article 16 (2). 1).

§ 4. A copy of this printout shall be on board a merchant ship with four crew members or more including the master of the ship and in fishing vessels with a length of 45 metres and more. This does not exclude the use of electronic medium, provided that the formula can be read on board.

§ 5. The violation of this penmanship shall be punished by fined or imprisoned for up to a period of one year.

Paragraph 2. The sentence may go to prison for up to two years if there is

1) in the event of infringement, any injury to life or health, or induced, is threatened ;

2) were previously prohibited or injuns in respect of the same or equivalent conditions ; or

3) in the case of the infringement, or intended for the purpose of an economic benefit to the person concerned himself or others.

Paragraph 3. If the yield not confiscated resulting from the violation, the fine, including additional fine, shall be taken into account in particular of the size of a achieved or intended economic advantage.

Paragraph 4. Companies can be imposed on companies, etc. (legal persons) punishable by the rules of the penal code 5. Chapter.

Paragraph 5. However, a legal person who proves to have done everything necessary to ensure a good and safe working environment cannot be penalised in cases where an employee violates the provisions of the regulatory provisions concerning the use of personal protective equipment ; any means of extraction, protective equipment or safety provisions that serve to protect the person themselves.

§ 6. If the relationship is covered by the regulation on the entry into force of Greenland by law on safety at sea, measures may be laid down in accordance with the criminal code of Greenland.

Paragraph 2. You in section 5, paragraph 1. 2, the said ratio shall be considered to be circumcicient circumstances.

Paragraph 3. If the proceeds are not confiscated, jfr. The section 116 (4) of the criminal code. 1, which has been obtained by the infringement, a fine, including additional fine, shall be taken into account in particular of the size of a achieved or intended financial advantage.

Paragraph 4. Is an offence committed by companies and so on. (legal persons), the legal person may be charged as such to be a liability. Is the infringement committed by the State, the Home Government of Greenland, a municipality, a community of communal covered by section 64 of the City Management Board and the construction boards, etc., or a builder's board, public authorities may be subject to the public authorities ; the authority of such a financial burden.

Paragraph 5. Where the person concerned is not resident in Greenland, or his association with Greenland society, moreover, such a looser has such a looser character that the preconditions for the use of measures are not present, the case may be considered or referred to : pursuit in Denmark.

§ 7. The formula will enter into force the 171. December 2009 .

Paragraph 2. Technical Statement A of 16. In August 2007, the work environment of ships is lifted.

§ 8. The following provisions shall not apply to Greenland :

Section 1 (1). 3-5, sections 3 and section 5, chapters A IIA, A III B 2, A IX A, A XII A and A XII B and the references to the Community directives in the other chapters.
Sea Fargo, the 11th. December 2009Per Sønderstrup / Helene Boesen

Introduction

Introduction

This acquis lays down provisions for working environment conditions on board new and existing Danish ships. Foreign ships and platforms carrying out construction works in Danish territorial waters for a period of 14 days and more shall also be subject to the provisions laid down by the Community Directives.

The rule book shall consist of a short transcript and a number of annexes in the form of chapter bookmarkings.

The formula contains legal basis, the general area of application (the detailed area of application is available in the individual chapters), the penalty and entry into force of the chapter and a list of the content of the chapters. The chapters are printed as liabilities. A chapter may be divided into several booklets. On the front page of each booklet, the date, subject and table of contents of the chapter are listed.

In the future changes in the chapters, the change in the booklet shall be replaced. The chapter will be put into force when issuing a new transcript.

§ 8 in the formula specifies special provisions for Greenland. The provisions of this Section shall always check whether the provisions in question are in effect to Greenland in accordance with the provisions of Greenland.

Changed chapters

Chapters II A on chemical working environment

The chapter has been changed, taking into account the European Parliament and Council Regulation (EC) No 2. 1907/2006 of 18. December 2006 on the registration, assessment and approval of and restrictions on chemicals (REACH), on the creation of a European Chemicals Agency and amending Directive 1999 /45/EC and repealing Council Regulation (EEC) No 793/93 and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1488/94 and Council Directive 76 /769/EEC and Commission Directive 91 /1 5 5 / EEC, 93 /105/EC and 2000 /21/EC (EU Official Journal of the European Official Journal (EU Official Journal) L396 of 30/12/06 s.1).

It shall be charged with the extension of the same safety standards as laid down in this Regulation by ships which are not covered by REACH. This means that the requirements for safety data sheets are changed, as is not permitted to be used products containing substances included in the list of substances in REACH, Annexes XIV and XVII, unless approved for the purpose of this Directive ; Article 56 of the Regulation or shall be used in accordance with the limits laid down in accordance with Article 67.

In the chapter, there are also some linguistic corrections. The term "mixtures" have now been used to accommodate language usage in REACH and inmate where appropriate. There may, however, be a lack of clarity about language use in future as a result of different languages of the existing legislation on chemical substances.

In addition, the word ' Supplier ' s instructions is consistent with the 'safety data sheet', since this will only be used in the future.

Chapter XII on the unemployment counties.

The economic framework for the Health Council has changed as a result of changes in the corresponding arrangements for the professions in the work environment.


Chapter I

Chapter I

Execution of work

TITLE A
General provisions
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
Scheduling and organisation of the work
Rule 3
The execution of the work-General requirements
Rule 4
Execution of the work-Special requirements
Rule 5
Training and instruction
Rule 6
Control of the working environment
Appendix 1
General prevention principles
Appendix 2
Work Environment Effences
TITLE B
Young people's work in ships
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
The duties of the master, etc.
Rule 3
Some forms of work which young people under 18 are not allowed to perform
Rule 4
Accident hazards
Rule 5
Healthcare for work on certain substances and materials
Rule 6
Noise and vibrations
Rule 7
Other safety and health hazards-Physical workloads
Rule 8
Accussion work
Rule 9
Down and collapse of the collapse
Rule 10
Extreme high and low temperatures
Rule 11
Radiation
Rule 12
High voltage
Rule 13
Covering Hail
Rule 14
Pressure bottles
Rule 15
Explosion hazards
Rule 16
Respirin Tsn
Rule 17
Highly Air pressure
Rule 18
Risiko for violence
Appendix 1
Non-exhaustive list of technical remedies, facilities and work processes which young people under the age of 18 shall not be working on
Appendix 2
List of substances and materials which young people under the age of 18 shall not be subjected to work in or in other ways

Title A General provisions

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this Title shall apply to all work carried out on board ships and which are not covered by the work environment law.

2 Obligations shall be the responsibility of employers (hereinafter referred to as the shipowners), masters, working leaders and other persons working on board.

3 This Title contains provisions which are designed in the light of Council Directive no. 1989. 89 /391/EEC, EC Official Journal 1989 L 183, p. 1, and the Council Directive no. 92 /85/EEC, EC Official Journal 1992 L 348, p. 1.

Regulation 2 Planning and organisation of the work

1 The work must, in all stages, be planned and organised in such a way as to ensure that it can be fully justified in the field of safety and health. It must be observed that construction or plant design, plan designs, retail solutions and working methods, which may be dangerous for, or incidentally, prejudice the safety and health of the performance of the work shall be carried out. In addition, it must be ensured that the overall impact on the working environment in the short or long term does not impecate the safety or health of workers.

2 The planning and organisation of the work shall also take into account the precautionary principles set out in Annex 1. The assessment provided for in particular shall be carried out to the extent that it is of particular importance to safety and health at work, in writing.

3 The Danish Maritime Agency shall lay down guidelines for the detailed content of the assessment to be carried out in accordance with paragraph 1. 2 in the case of the type and tonnage of ships.

4 On the basis of the following paragraph : 2 assessed and cf. the precautionary principle specified in Annex 1 shall be taken in the necessary measures before the commencement of the work.

5 Duties in accordance with paragraph 1. 1-2 shall also apply to the planning of new or changes to existing jobs, work processes and methods, the introduction of new technologies, the acquisition of technical means, personal protective equipment and materials and materials.

6 The master shall ensure that all those who work on board are collaborating to create safe and healthy working conditions for all, regardless of their employment conditions.

7 The security organization must be given the opportunity to participate in the planning of the work, cf. paragraph 1-5, as well as in the control of the working environment, cf. rule 6.

8 In those ships, where no safety organisation is to be established, see the provisions of Chapter XI Section A on safety and greater fishing vessels and section B on safety work in smaller fishing vessels shall be provided for the participation of the workers in the first paragraph of this Article. 7 the planning of the work and control of the working environment.

Rule 3 Work for the work-General requirements

1 The work must be carried out in all stages in the field of safety and health in both a single and overall assessment of the environmental conditions of the working environment, which may, in the short or in the long term, have an impact on physical or mental health.

2 In the case of work which acts either physically or mentally harmful or incriminating in the short or long term, special work environmental measures must be implemented. Such measures may be specific welfare measures and other work environment measures necessary to prevent disease, depidation, accidents, etc.

3 Where the work is particularly able to endanger safety or health and where this hazard is not accommoable in any other way, breaks and limited working hours can be used as a preventive measure. The same measures are used where special work clothes and personal protective equipment are used.

4 In the performance of the work, the age, insight, work and other conditions of the employee shall be taken into account.

5 In particular, particularly sensitive risk groups, including pregnant women and amming workers, must be protected from dangers which, for them, are particularly serious.

6 When the master has been informed or otherwise known that a worker is pregnant or breast-feeding, the master shall ensure that, in the evaluation of health and safety at work, in the evaluation of the health and safety of the work, the master of the report shall be subject to the health and safety assessment. Rule 2 (2). 2, the assessment of whether the worker is exposed to impacts which may present a risk to the pregnancy or the amkeeping, cf. in particular those mentioned in Annex 2, the effects of which are affected.

7 If, then, it is estimated that there is a risk of a pregnant or amming subject to the victims referred to in paragraph 1. In the case of the impact assessment of the species, the extent and duration of the individual influence, it shall be determined whether this risk will have a negative impact on the pregnancy or the amyg; and to the extent to which it may be taken, measures pursuant to paragraph 1. 8 and 9.

8 The measures must, where possible, consist of technical measures or the way in which the workplace is to be taken. If it is not possible and reasonable in this way to obtain adequate protection for the worker, the risk must be met by means of the planning and organisation of work, including, where necessary, change of working time ; and limitation of night work.

9 If it is not possible to comply with paragraph 1, 8, the measures may be transferred to other work tasks which do not pose a danger to the safety and health of the pregnant or public health.

10 In the performance of the work, it shall be strived ;

10.1 any unilateral work that poses a risk to physical or mental health degradation in the short or long term, to be avoided or restricted ;

10.2 the rate of work so that it does not result in a risk of physical or mental health degradation in the short or long term ; and

10.3 the isolation of any work which may cause mental health degradation, to avoid or limit the risk of a risk.

11 In the performance of the work, it must be ensured,

11.1 the design of jobs, equipment, technical aids and the choice of working methods as far as possible to the persons to use these ;

11.2 adequate and effective remedies, such as lifting devices and means of transport, etc., are available to the extent necessary to ensure that the work can be carried out in a safe and sound manner.

Rule 4 The execution of the work-Special requirements

1 In ships where workers are employed whose workers are leased to the ship or otherwise made available to the ship by a foreign company, the shipowner and in his position shall be obliged to ensure that the work is planned ; shall be organised and carried out in safety terms and in the field of health and safety.

2 Before such work begins, the shipowner and in his place shall inform the master of the foreign company :

2.1 the required professional level, including where specific qualifications are required, are necessary ;

2.2 any claims on health certificates, and

2.3 the special nature of the work, including any danger of peril.

3 If an employed worker works alone in a work process and this could lead to a special danger to that person, the work must be organised in such a way as to meet this threat. If the danger is not met, the workers must not work alone.

4 It must be ensured that only workers who have been given the appropriate instruction have access to areas where there is a particular danger.

5 If the bodily or spiritual condition of a worker in certain worker may present an increased risk to this or his environment, the employed person shall not be employed by such works.

6 If it is estimated that the measures are assessed in accordance with Rule 3 (3). 7 is not sufficient to respond to the safety or health of the pregnant or public health, or to the employment of the relevant work. In such cases the master shall exempt her from the service on board and ensure that her subtractor is released.

7 In the performance of the work, it must be ensured,

7.1 effective measures have been taken to prevent accident hazards, including the specific risks caused by the movements of the ship ;

7.2 the risk of explosion, fire, poisoning and suffocation, etc. is effectively prevented ;

7.3 effective measures are taken to prevent leakage, leakage and the development of dust, smoke, steam, odor, gas and so on, where this may lead to a hazard to safety or health ;

7.4 effective measures are taken to protect workers where the work process or the conditions under which the work is carried out may lead to risk of disease infection ;

7.5 that the climate and lighting conditions are suitably safe and healthy, taking into account the work that has to be done. Measures must be taken, including measures to protect workers from strong heat or cold.

8 Do not want noise pollution to be avoided. The level of noise at work must therefore be kept as low as it is reasonable, with regard to technical progress. Set limit values must be complied with.

9 We don't want to avoid exposure to radiation. The effect of radiation in the work must therefore be kept as low as it is reasonable, with regard to technical progress. Radiation standards must be adhering to.

10 An inexuous effect on substances and materials must be avoided. The effects of substances and materials in the work must therefore be reduced as much as it is reasonable, taking into account technical progress. Set limit values must be complied with. The maximum levels for substances and materials shall be followed at all times.

11 Unnecessary physical loads and unsuitable employment positions or movements must be avoided. The work must therefore be as low as the work of which is reasonable, taking into account technical progress. Establishment limits must be observed.

Rule 5 Training and instruction

1 It must be ensured that each worker, regardless of the nature and duration of the function of the contract, receives adequate and appropriate training and instruction in carrying out the work in a tactity-free manner. Information shall be provided on known accident and disease hazards, which may be associated with their work, including in the case of work medical examinations employed by the worker.

2 Training and instruction shall in particular be made in the case of :

2.1 Accession.

2.2 Change to Work Tasks.

2.3 Construction or alteration of work equipment.

2.4 Introduction of new technology.

3 The one in paragraph 1. 1 the training and instruction referred to above shall be adapted to the development, including the occurrence of new hazards, and, where necessary, repeated periodically.

4 The shipowner shall bear any expenditure on the one in paragraph 1. 1-3 the training and instruction required to be carried out during working hours.

5 It must be ensured that workers from an unfamiliar company carrying out work on board will receive appropriate instructions on the safety and health conditions that are important for their work.

Regulation 6 Control of the working environment

1 In order to ensure that the working environment continues to be suitably safe and sound, the shipowner and in his position shall ensure that :

1.1 the assessment, cf. Rule 2 (2). 2, and Rule 3 (3). 7 shall be on board the ship and audited when it is of particular importance for health and safety at work,

1.2 the expert assistance shall be obtained when necessary to establish whether the working conditions are suitably safe and in health and in health and in the field of health, and

1.3 to draw up a list and prepare reports on accidents at work, cf. the provisions of Chapter X, section A, concerning notification of accidents at work and so on to the Maritime Maritime Service.

2 It must be carried out effective control of the adverse effects of the health effects referred to in Rule 4 (4). 8-11, responding. Where there may be a health hazard due to gases, vapors and dust from substances and materials, or because of noise and radiation, the shipowner and in his place shall ensure that the conditions are in order, including that : the necessary measurements shall be carried out to carry out the checks. Target results must be on board.

APPENDIX 1

General prevention principles

1 Prevention of risks.

2 Evaluation of risks that cannot be prevented.

3 Combating hazards at source.

4 Adaptation of the work to man, in particular as regards the design of the workplace and the choice of work equipment and work and production methods, in particular with a view to limiting monotonous work and work in a given rhythm and that : reduce the impact of such work on the health.

5 The penthouse to technical progress.

6 Replacement of what is dangerous to something that is safe and dangerous or less dangerous.

7 The planning of prevention to make it a coherent whole, in the prevention of technology, organization of the work, working conditions, social relations and the influence of factors in the working environment.

8 Adoption of measures for collective protection rather than measures for individual protection.

9 Instructional instruction of the workers.

APPENDIX 2

Work Environment Effences

I Unemployment effects, there can constitu one risk for pregnant and breastfeeding cf. rule 3, paragraph 6 and 7.

Physical

1 The following physical working environment effects if these are considered to be possible to cause lesions on the fetus and / or may cause the placenta to tear loose in particular :

1.1 Stats, vibrations, or ship's movements.

1.2 Manual handling of heavy burdens which may involve risks, in particular, for the back and the lower.

1.3 Noise.

1.4 Ionizing radiation.

1.5 Non-ionizing radiation.

1.6 Extremely cold and warmth.

1.7 Movement and positions (including permanent and outgoing work), mental and physical fatigue and other physical and psychological workloads related to the working tasks of workers.

Biological

1 Biological agents from risk groups 2, 3 and 4, cf. The technical regulation of the Maritime Management Agency on the Protection of Workers from biological agents, when these agents or therapeutic measures necessary to this end are dangerous to the health of the gravides and the foetal.

2 For example, it may be laboratory work on board the environmental ships carrying out the analytical work in connection with measurements on the aquatic environment and the external environment, or working with sewer waste on board, etc.

Chemical

1 The following chemical agents, if it is recognised that they are dangerous to the health of the pregnant and the fostrel :

1.1 Substances and mixtures in accordance with the rules laid down by the Ministry for the classification and labelling, classification and labelling shall be classified and labelled,

1.1.1 R40 Risk of irreversible damage to health,

1.1.2 R45 can cause cancer,

1.1.3 R46 could cause genetic damage to genetic genetic damage.

1.1.4 R61, could damage the child during pregnancy,

1.1.5 R63, risk of injury to the child during pregnancy ; and

1.1.6 R64 can hurt kids in the amme period.

1.2 Substances and materials subject to the provisions on measures to prevent the risk of cancer by working with substances and materials in ships.

1.3 Substances and materials covered by the Work in the Work shall be published on materials containing volatile substances, including organic solvents.

1.4 Fighting funds.

1.5 Narcotic gas.

1.6 Mercury and mercury compounds.

1.7 Carbon monoxide.

1.8 Chemical agents, which are demonstrably resulting in recording through the skin.

II A

1 Unemployment effects, there can constitu one Special risk for pregnant :

1.1 Work under high pressure, for example in pressure cages and in the diving.

1.2 Lead and lead compounds, if there is a risk that these agents will be included in the human organism.

II B

1 Unemployment effects, there can constitu one Special risk for Ackling :

1.1 Lead and lead compounds.

Section B Unges work in ships

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this section include the employment of young people under the age of 18 working on board ships.

2 Obligations shall be the responsibility of employers (hereinafter referred to as shipowners), masters and labour.

3 This Title contains provisions implementing Council Directive 94 /33/EC of 22. June 1994 on the protection of young people in the workplace, the Community Official Journal 1994 L 216 s. 12.

4 In the case of more stringent employment in ships, including higher age limits for certain types of work in other rules, these provisions shall apply in advance of the provisions of this Title.

The duties of the master of the master of the master.

1 In the employment of young people, the choice of working tasks and the planning and organisation of work must be called upon to ensure that the work can be carried out in a safe and healthy way.

2 Measures in accordance with Rule 2 (2). 1, cf. Rule 2 (2). Whereas, in the light of an assessment of the risks, the work provides for young people, taking into account the particular risks attributable to their lack of experience, lack of awareness of risks or of the risks arising from the risks, the work proposes for young people, the fact that they are not yet fully developed. In addition, the physical, biological, chemical and psychological effects must be taken into account both in the short term and in the long term, to which young people may be exposed.

3 The master shall ensure that young people are given a thorough training and instruction in carrying out their work in danger. The master shall, in particular, be aware of the measures taken with regard to their safety and health.

4 Where there are instructions on substances and materials, technical remedies and so on for use in the crew during the work, the master shall ensure that young people are familiar with the information provided in the instructions.

5 The work must be carried out under effective supervision of a person who is 18 years old and has the necessary insight into the nature of the work.

6 The master shall involve the crew and the security organisation in the planning, implementation and control of the safety and health aspects of young people in the field of work.

7 In ships where young people are employed, whose workers are leased to the ship or otherwise made available to the ship by a foreign company, the shipowner or in his position shall be obliged to ensure that their work is planned ; shall be organised and carried out in safety terms and in the field of health and safety.

Rule 3 Certain forms of work which young people under 18 are not allowed to perform

1 Young people must not be employed by regulations in regulation 4 to 18 types of work unless expressly provided otherwise.

2 Work that forms a necessary part of apprenticeship, one of the Maritime Training Board approved aspirant training, EFG training or equivalent training of at least two years of professional competence, exempted from the prohibitionist activities ; the rules, four, five, paragraph. One, six, paragraph. 2, 8 to 12 and 19 (3). 2 and 3 to the extent that this is necessary for the implementation of the training. In the case of work after the end of training, the same exceptions apply to the extent that they are necessary for the employment of young people.

3 Work in fishing ships forming part of a training in one of the Maritime Services approved fishing vessels may be exempting from the prohibition in the rules 4, 5, paragraph 1. One, six, paragraph. 2, 8 to 12 and 19 (3). 2 and 3, to the extent that this is necessary for the implementation of the training. In the case of work after the end of training, the same exceptions apply to the extent that they are necessary for the employment of young people.

4 Paragraph 2 and 3 shall not apply to, however, work with or on other means of exposure to lead and asbestos.

Rule four Unlucky hazards

Young people must not be employed by means of technical means, facilities or work processes listed in Annex 1, or with the work of similar colliness.

Rule 5 Health hazards when working with certain substances and materials

1 They shall not be subjected to any other way to the effects of the substances and materials listed in Annex 2 in any other way.

2 It is permitted to employ young people at work processes, in which the substances and materials listed in Annex 2 are included if the processes are in closed systems or the young in another similar manner are assured against the effects.

Rule 6 Noise and vibrations

1 Young people must not be exposed to noise or vibrations that could endanger their health.

2 Young people must not work with vibrating handtools with a vibration level over 130 dB (HA).

3 In cases where it is in accordance with Rule 3 (3). 2 and 3 are allowed young people to carry out work with vibrating tools, the daily work must be organised, so that there are frequent interruptions.

Regulation 7 Other safety and health hazards-Physical workloads

1 Young people must not be exposed to physical stresses which are detrimental to their health or development in the short or long term.

2 Unnecessary physical loads and unsuitable employment positions or movements must be avoided.

3 It must be avoided as far as possible to avoid young promises or burdens more than 12 kilograms.

4 However, this may be deviated from work carried out under the ergonomic appropriate conditions, but it must be sought to make the maximum amount of each one of the maximum number of 25 kilograms.

5 It should be avoided that young people in other work are subjected to higher loads than those referred to in regulation 7 (2). 3 and 4.

Rule 8 Akkordwork

Young people must not be employed by working, where the pace is determined by a machine and that involves acchwork.

Rule 9 Down and collapse

If a work is associated with risk of a or a breakdown, young people must not be employed in this way, before the danger is effectively met by technical measures which do not involve the use of personal protective equipment.

Rule 10 Extremely high and low temperatures

1 Young people must not be employed in an environment or by working, which, due to extremely high or extremely low temperatures, could endanger their safety.

2 In the case of ships belonging to Greenland, however, it is necessary to work at extremely low temperatures, provided that care is taken to ensure that the work can be carried out in a safe and healthy way.

Rule 11 Radiation

Young people must not be employed at work, where they are exposed to ionizing radiation.

Rule 12 High voltage

Young people must not be employed at work that poses a risk of high-voltage.

Rule 13 Coverage Haards

Young people must not be employed by working, which could result in suffocation as a result of a lack of oxygen (oxygen)-a poor atmosphere.

Rule 14 Pressure bottles

Young people must not be employed by filling the pressure cylinks.

Rule 15 Explosions Haunts

Young people must not be employed by working processes which could cause an explosion, unless effective technical measures have been taken to prevent injury to personal injury.

Rule 16 Respirin Tall

Young people must be employed at a maximum of four hours a day at work using fresh-equipped respiratory equipment.

Rule 17, high-air pressure.

Young people must not be employed at work in high air pressure, for example, in pressure from pressure.

Rule 18 Risiko for violence

Young people must not work alone, provided that the work can lead to a particular risk of exposure to violence.

APPENDIX 1

Non-exhaustive list of technical remedies, facilities and work processes which young people under the age of 18 shall not be working on

1 Machinery displaced persons technical auxiliary means,

1.1 Machines with fast-moving fencing tools. 1)

1.2 Machinery with piston-like Movement (.1)

1.3 Machines with open valor or snagle.1)

1.4 Bland, painting-crushing-, and pecks, cutting machines, riveers and centrifuger.1)

1.5 Lock tools.

1.6 Apparatus for cleaning, paints, armor-treated or similar work with a work pressure of over 7MPa (70 bar).

2 Motor tools etc.

Industrial trucks and forks and forks and forklift trucks as regards the work of the driver or operator.

3 Machinery displaced persons lifting devices or hauliers, lifts, cranes, worksplatforms, The handesses, Play and Trawl shovels.

However, young people are allowed to operate pressurep lifts.

APPENDIX 2

List of substances and materials which young people under the age of 18 shall not be subjected to work in or in other ways

1 Substances and materials covered by regulation 2 (1). 2, no. in Chapter II, Section A, used on board ships and as :

A : marks with the following danger symbols and indications of danger :

Tx, very toxic

T, toxic

C, corrosive

E, explosive

Substances and materials equipped with the risk phrases :

R39, Danger for varig alvorlig skade på helbred

R45 May cause cancer

R46 May cause inherit genetic damage

R60 May damage reforestation

R61 May damage the child during pregnancy

B : Tags with danger symbol and indication of danger Xn, harmful to health and at the same time at least one of the following risk phrases :

R40, Risk of irreversible damage to health

R42 May cause sensitisation by inhalation

R48, Serious health hazard on longer exposure

R62, Risk of prejudice to reproductive system

R63, Risk of injury to child during pregnancy

C : marked by the symbol of danger and the indication of danger Xi, irritant and, at the same time, the risk phrase shall be :

R43 Can cause sensitization when contact with skin

D : In addition to the following risk phrase :

R12, Highly flammable.

2 Substances and processes that are included in the Work-7 list of substances and processes considered to be carcinogenic in the view of the limit values for substances and materials.

3 Material containing more than 0,1% of substances referred to in paragraph 1. 2.

4 Organic solvents included in the Work-7 list of organic solvents, cf. The AT instructions for the limit values for substances and materials.

5 Material containing more than 0,5% by solvents referred to in paragraph 1. 4.

6 Congeological agents in groups 3 and 4, cf. The technical text of the Maritime Management Agency on the protection of workers from the dangers of being exposed to biological agents during the work.

7 Lead and lead compounds in so far as they can be recorded in the human organism.

8 Asbestos.

9 Handling of fireworks articles as well as various objects, machinery, etc., which contain explosives.


Chapter II

Chapter II

Chemical Work Environmental Impact

TITLE A
Substances and materials
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
Definitions
Rule 3
Negotiment
Rule 4
General provisions
Rule 5
Work Space Assessments (APVs) mv.
Rule 6
Prevention principles
Rule 7
Substances and Materials (Substances of Substitution) (Substitution)
Rule 8
Special measures
Rule 9
Measures in the event of accidents, etc.
Rule 10
Workplace Usage View
Rule 11
Work Medical Surveys
Appendix 1
Information on : safety data sheets
TITLE B
Codenumbered products
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
Definitions
Rule 3
Execution of work
Rule 4
Codenumre
Rule 5
Use of products
Rule 6
Safeguard measures
Rule 7
Storage and hygiene
Rule 8
Other provisions
Appendix 1
Codenomummerdution-products, cf. Rule 1 (1). 3-4 19
Appendix 2
Work indoors
Appendix 3
Work outdoors
Appendix 4
Choices of personal protective equipment
TITLE C
Carcinogenic substances and materials including asbestos and mutagens
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
General provisions applicable to use
Rule 3
General provisions for the use and transport of cargo
Rule 4
Evaluation of safety and health conditions
Rule 5
Special provisions applicable to use and transport as cargo
Rule 6
Special measures
Rule 7
Usage limits and message
Rule 8
Asbestos
Appendix 1
Carcinogenic substances and materials and mutagens
Appendix 2
Special provisions applicable to asbestos
Appendix 3
Provisions relating to labelling
TITLE D
Breath of breath
Rule 1
Scope Area 106
Rule 2
Definition 107
Rule 3
Remedial purity of the genie 107
Rule 4
Quality of spirit-air 108

TITLE A Substances and Materials

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions include any work on substances and materials, including use, handling, storage, transport and disposal, and other work which, because of its nature or conditions under which it is taking place, may present a risk to safety and health on board ships.

Rule 2 Definitions

1 For the purposes of these provisions :

1.1 Drugs. Basic substances and their compounds.

1.2 ' Materials ` means compositions of two or more substances, including biological materials.

1.3 ' Substances and materials which may be hazardous to or, incidentally, of low security or health ` shall mean :

1.3.1 Substances and mixtures that meet the criteria for classification as dangerous according to the rules laid down by the Ministry of the Environment for the classification.

1.3.2 Substances and materials which are included in the Work-7 List of Limits for Substances and Materials and Annexes thereto.

1.3.3 Materials containing 1% or more, for gaseous materials 0,2%, of a substance taken with a limit value in the Work-7's list of limit values for substances and materials.

1.3.4 Mixtures containing 1% or more, for gaseous mixtures 0,2%, of a substance that is classified as harmful or environmentally hazardous to the environment by the Ministry of the Environment, and the Ministry of Energy for classification.

1.3.5 Substances and materials which, due to their physicochemical, chemical or toxicological properties and the way in which they are used or present on board the ship may constitute a risk of the effects on the safety or health of workers.

1.4 "mixtures" : Mixture or solution composed of two or more substances.

1.5 ' Threshold of substances and materials ' means : unless otherwise specified, the limit on the weighted average concentration of a substance or material contained in the air on board ships inhaled by an employed person in relation to a specific set ; reference period.

1.6 ' biological limit value ` means the limit for the concentration of a given substance or material in a given biological environment, its degradation products in the organism (metabolites) or power indicators.

Rule 3 Negotiment

1 In the case of purchases in countries outside the European Community, the shipowner or the master shall ensure that the packaging is designed and labelled in accordance with the notice of the Ministry of the Environment at all times relating to the classification, packaging, the marking, sale and storage of chemical substances and mixtures, however, may be amended to read in English.

2 From 1. In June 2007, chemical substances and mixtures purchased in non-European Community countries must not contain any substances included in the inventory of substances in accordance with the establishment of the list of substances. REACH 1) , in Annex XIV and XVII, unless they are approved for the intended use, or used with the limits laid down in accordance with it.

3 The Maritime Agency may, at the request of the Sea, or, where appropriate, cause to do so, carry out investigations, where appropriate, by particular experts, and provide all information necessary to establish whether a substance or material has, effects which may pose a risk to safety and health.

Regulation 4 General provisions

1 The commuting shall contain additional rules to the technical rules concerning the operation of the work on board ships and the relevant provisions in the regulations concerning safety work in ships.

2 The work on substances and materials must, in all stages, be planned, be organized and carried out in the field of safety and health in both a single manner and an overall assessment of the conditions of the working environment which, in the short or long term, may have : impact on physical or mental health. Including needless impact on substances and materials shall be avoided, cf. the technical requirements concerning the operation of the work on board ships.

Rule 5 Workplace Assessments (APV ' s), etc.

1 The shipowner or in his position shall ensure that written workplace assessments of the safety and health conditions on board should be drawn up, in particular with a view to ensuring a written processing method in connection with the procedure ; planning, organisation and execution of the workplace assessment, and to ensure that the result is made visible.

2 A workplace assessment must be drawn up taking into account the nature of the work, the technical aids, substances and materials, working methods and work processes used on the ship, the layout of the workplaces, the ship ' s size and the ship ' s size.

3 A workplace assessment must be carried out in accordance with Rule 6 (3). 1 the general prevention principles referred to shall include a position to take account of the working environment problems on the ship and how they are to be resolved. The necessary solutions must be specified in the workplace assessment.

4 A workplace assessment must be updated when changes are made to the work, working methods and work processes, etc. which affect the working environment on board the ship, but not later than every three years.

5 A workplace assessment shall be provided on board the ship and be available to the shipowner, master of staff, working managers, other workers and the Maritime Maritime Service.

6 If the master does not, in cooperation with the security organisation, have the necessary insight into the preparation of the workplace assessment, the shipowner or master shall obtain assistance from the Maritime Safety Agency or the Fisheries Agency ' s Agency for the Agency ' s working environment ; other experts in particular.

7 In the case of hazardous substances and materials on board including cargo, in addition to the provisions of regulation 5 (3), 1-6, enter the following assessment elements in the Workplace Assessment, cf. however, Rule 5 (5), 14 :

7.1 the dangerous characteristics of substances and materials,

7.2 the degree of exposure, type and duration,

7.3 the circumstances of the work of dangerous substances and materials, including the quantity,

7.4 the effect of the preventive measures taken or are to be taken,

7.5 where possible, conclusions may be drawn from available work medical examinations,

7.6 any set limit values ; and

7.7 information on safety and health provided by the supplier or the shipowner.

8 The shipowner or in his place the master of the supplier or other readily available sources shall obtain additional information necessary for the workplace assessment.

9 The assessment must also include a list of the hazardous substances and materials used in the workplace, with reference to the appropriate workplace instructions, cf. rule 10 (1). 1-5.

10 Repair and maintenance work o.l; on board ships may be anticipated to give rise to significant effects from substances and materials, or which may prejudice the safety and health of other reasons, even if technical decisions have been taken ; measures shall be included in the workplace assessment.

11 Where the work involves the risk of exposure to more substances or materials, the overall risk of the various substances and materials must be assessed.

12 To the extent that the above assessment is carried out in regulation 5 (2). 1-11, the danger to the safety and health of workers, in regulation 8 and 9, should be taken.

13 However, it is not necessary to take these particular measures if the assessment shows that the quantity of hazardous substances and materials does not pose a risk of impecreate risk.

14 The provisions of regulation 5 (5). 7-11 shall not apply where the shipowner or in his position shall show that the nature and extent of the effects of the hazardous substances and materials are of negligible proporces and that measures are unnecessary.

15 The working space assessment may result from the assessment, including the measures to be taken, by reference to the work out instructions produced in accordance with Rule 10 (2). 1-5.

Rule 6 Preventive principles

1 To the extent that the above assessment is followed, cf. rule 5 (5), 1-11, the impact of substances and materials must be removed or minimised in the course of the completion of the work, cf. Rule seven, paragraph 7. 1-8, and rule 8, paragraph 1. 1 :

1.1 the removal of the quantity of hazardous substances and materials is replaced (substituted) or restricted to the minimum necessary for the work ;

1.2 through the direction of the place of work,

1.3 using technical means,

1.4 by limiting the number of workers exposed or at risk of exposure to the effects of dangerous substances and materials to a minimum,

1.5 adequate hygiene measures,

1.6 by appropriate working methods, including safe handling, storage, transport on board ships and the disposal of dangerous substances and materials ; and

1.7 by using appropriate personal protective equipment.

2 Paragraph 1.1 shall not apply to the transport of substances and materials as cargo.

3 The workers working on dangerous substances and materials shall be required before the work carried out by the Agency for the Agency for the Review of the Maritime Safety Agency. This must be able to be documented.

Regulation 7 Erstate Substances and Materials (Substitution principle)

1 The shipowner or in his master shall ensure that dangerous substances and materials in the workplace are removed, replaced (substituted) or restricted to a minimum.

2 Paragraph 1 shall not apply to the transport of substances and materials as cargo.

3 Measures taken pursuant to paragraph 1. 1 in particular by substituting a hazardous substance or material with a non-hazardous, less hazardous or less-generating material or work process.

4 It must, in particular, be ensured that the substances and materials are used in the form that results in at least the risk of exposure to the work.

5 If compensation is not possible, this shall be documented in the request of the Maritime Service.

6 Replacement must be carried out regardless of the insignificant effects of the harmful substances and materials.

7 Where the use of the replacement material or material will result in significant differences in the technical characteristics or expenditure, a total weighing of the technical and economic consequences must be taken against the safety and health considerations of the health and safety.

8 If compensation cannot be carried out in accordance with paragraph 1, 6 or shall be omitted because a single weighting of the weighting of paragraph 1 shall 7 shows that the use of a replacement substance or material will result in unreasonable additional costs for the shipowner, on request must be documented to the Maritime Service.

9 The ship ' s security organisation shall be forfeit in the evaluation of substitutes (substitution) may be carried out in accordance with Rule 5 (5). Fourteen and paragraph. 3-8.

Regulation 8 Special measures

1 If, because of the specific nature of the work, it is not possible after regulations 5, 6 and 7 to remove the effects on the safety and health of workers, the shipowner or in his position shall be the master of the evaluation in regulation 5 (5). 1-11, take the following measures in that order :

1.1 organize working methods, carry out technical checks and use suitable work equipment and appropriate materials to avoid or reduce discharges from dangerous substances and materials ;

1.2 use collective protective measures at risk, such as adequate ventilation and the appropriate organisation of work ; and

1.3 use individual protective measures, including personal protective equipment.

2 In the case of special measures, work medical examinations must be carried out, where appropriate.

3 Except in other ways, unless the shipowner or in his position may be demonstrated in other ways that the said special measures have been adequately protected, the shipowner or in his place shall be kept regularly or in his place, and when changes are made ; where the conditions of exposure to the exposure of workers to dangerous substances and materials may pose a risk to the exposure of the workers to dangerous substances and materials, in particular where they are deemed necessary to comply with the limit values.

4 The shipowner or in his position shall take account of the results of the results referred to in paragraph 1. 3 mentioned measurements shall be made in the preparation and updating of the workplace assessment.

5 If the work is such that it is not possible to prevent the presence of hazardous concentrations of flammable substances and materials or dangerous quantities of chemically unstable substances and materials, the shipowner or the place of his place ; the master of the workplace assessment and the general prevention principles shall take measures, in particular, in order to be in the order in that order :

5.1 to avoid the presence of sources of ignition which may result in fires and explosions or undesirable circumstances which may result in chemically unstable substances or materials induces harmful physical effects, and

5.2 to minimise the harmful effects on the safety and health of workers in the event of fires or explosions resulting from the flammable substances or materials, or harmful physical effects resulting from chemical unstable substances ; or materials.

Regulation No 9 measures in the event of an accident, etc.

1 If the use of hazardous substances and materials in the workplace causes accidents, accidents or imminent danger thereof, the shipowner or in his place shall immediately take measures to counter its effects and notify them ; the workers accordingly.

2 The shipowner or in his master shall ensure that only workers whose work makes it necessary shall have access to the affected areas. These workers shall be provided with appropriate personal protective equipment, cf. the technical requirements laid down in Chapter VII, Section A, concerning the use of personal protective equipment on board ships.

3 The shipowner or in his position shall ensure that information on emergency measures concerning hazardous substances and materials is available to the workers on board.

4 The information must be provided on :

4.1 Whereas, in the case of dangerous substances and materials, the dangers and the materials, measures to identify hazards must be carried out in order to make the necessary measures ; and

4.2 all available information on particular hazards that may arise in connection with accidents and accidents.

Rule 10 Workplace instructions

1 Where workers are employed on board working with dangerous substances and materials, for each substance or material on the basis of it from the supplier, the material or material shall be received ; safety data sheets or equivalent information, cf. in Annex 1, a work order instruction shall be drawn up. The shipowner or in his position shall ensure that the safety data sheets are obtained and to ensure that the workers and their representatives have access to the information in the safety data sheet. In addition to the information specified in the safety data sheet, the work order ' s use must be supplemented by ship and workplace relevant information as regards the following headings in Annex 1 :

4. First Aid Measures.

5. Fire control, including information on fire prevention.

6. Precaterms of accident discharge, including information on waste disposal.

7. Handling and storage, including information on storage.

8. Exposure control / personal protective equipment including information concerning exposure to the substance or the material and the special working clothes and personal protective equipment and, where appropriate, the prohibition on the exclusive use of the material.

13. Disposal, including information on the precautions of disposal, where such is contained in the safety data sheet for the substance or mixture.

16-Other information, including application fields.

2 The working space instruction manual shall be updated as necessary.

3 The working space instruction manual must be kept available to the workers.

4 Employed persons involved in substances and materials must be guided by the use of such materials and have the workplace instruction manual provided with effective instructions.

5 The working space instruction must be in Danish, and if another language is used as a working language, also on this. The working space instruction must be easy to understand for the workers.

6 You rule 10, paragraph 1. 1-5 requirements for deskuse instructions shall not apply to substances and materials to be transported as cargo, but the shipowner or in his place the master shall be required to use the workplace assessment, cf. rule 5 (5), 1-11, provide similar information.

7 The shipowner or in his seat shall inform the safety organization of relevant limits for the hazardous substances and materials. In ships in which no safety organisation is to be established, workers shall be informed accordingly.

Rule 11 Work medical examinations

1 The shipowner shall ensure that the workers deemed to be exposed to the risk of exposure to substances and materials in accordance with Rule 5 (5) (1). 1-11, have access to a medical examination.

2 The examination must be carried out in accordance with the provisions of the technical requirements concerning the safety of work carried out by law on safety at sea, provided that :

2.1 the effects of such a type in the case of identifiable disease or the deterioration of the health of the health may be carried out in the context of the postponement ;

2.2 It is likely that the disease or its effects may arise during the specific working conditions of the employed person ;

2.3 the test method used only means low risk to the worker ; and

2.4 they have effective techniques for detecting indications of the disease or the impact.

3 The Danish Maritime Agency shall make the shipowner and the ship aware of the effect of the results of the medical examination for new measures, including updating of the workplace assessment, ongoing health examination of the workers, and measures in connection with the planning and organisation of work.

APPENDIX 1

Safety data sheet information

This Annex shall be informed of the information contained in the safety data sheet as REACH, 1) () contains.

In accordance with REACH, a chemical safety report shall be drawn up for a number of substances and mixtures, where the relevant uses and exposure scenarios are to be given. These exposure scenarios must, as an annex to the safety data sheet, must be used.

The users must also, where possible, report back to the producer or importer if, when used by the chemical, they detect any other hazards or health consequences as indicated in the safety data sheet.

The security data sheet must have the following 16 headings, contain information about it and be dated ; 2) .

1 . Identification of substance or chemical mixture.

Information on the trade name, registration number, principal use, and description of the functioning of the substance. Name, address, telephone, and e-mail of the marketing and supplier user manual and emergency call number at the company and / or the official advisory body.

2. Hazard identification

Description of hazards for people and the environment.

3. Composition / piece of content substances.

Description of ingredients and their concentrations.

4 . First aid measures.

Perceptible and easily understandable information about symptoms, first-aid and, if applicable, on medical assistance is required.

5. Fire control.

Fire safety information.

6. Precaterms with the spill by accident.

Information on the measures to be wasted.

7. Handling and storage.

Information on handling and storage precautions.

8. Exposure control / personal protective equipment.

Information on the exposure of substances or mixtures, including appropriate work processes, technical checks, special work clothes, personal protective equipment and, where appropriate, bans on all work.

9. Physico-chemical properties.

10. Stability and reactivity.

Indication of the stability of a substance or chemical mixture, as well as the possibility of dangerous reactions occurring during the conditions of certain uses and release to the environment.

11. Toxicological information (health-dangerous properties).

Information about whether or not. symptoms of ingestion or admission into the organism,

12. Environmental information

Information about the most important effects on the environment.

13. Disposal

Information on the disposal of measures.

14. Transport information.

Information on internal and external transport.

15. Information about regulation

Information on any possible. the chemical safety assessment or the subject of specific Community provisions.

16. Other information

any other information such as R-phrases, training or instruction, age restrictions in the use, essential sources for the development of safety data sheets ; inter alia

Section B Codenumbered products

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this Title shall apply to work on board ships with codenumbered products.

2 The provisions of this Title shall not apply to work covered by the work environment law in land.

3 The provisions of this Title shall include the work of products listed in Annex 1 and for which a code number is to be fixed in accordance with the Order of the Safety of Work on the fixing of code numbers. In addition, products that are used for preparation and completion of these work shall be subject to the following.

4 The provisions of this section shall also include work on substances and materials covered by the Order of Work for Epoxy and isocyanates and so on.

Rule 2 Definitions

1 "A code number for a product" is a two-digit combination connected with a hyphen where :

1.1 ' the number before the hyphen ` means the safety measures which must be taken at least from the inhalation of fumes from the product content of the volatile components, including organic solvents, and

1.2 ' the number of the hyphen ` indicates the safety measures which must be at least in contact with the product on skin, in the eyes and in the air or the ingestion of intake.

Rule 3 The work of the work

1 Work with products covered by the provisions of this Title shall be planned, organized and carried out in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph and, in addition, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter I, Section A, of the work of the work ; Execution on board ships.

2 For substances and materials covered by Rule 1 (1). 4, the work must also be organized and carried out in such a way as to avoid skin contact.

Rule 4 Codenumre

1 The master of the vessel shall ensure that a product, cf. Rule 1 (1). The number of three and four before being used is fitted with a code number.

2 The code number of a product must be clearly shown on the packaging or otherwise provided in writing. The reason for the entry into force of the Board of Work in force after the code number is fixed must be entered in conjunction with the code number.

3 The code number must be reported in the workplace instructions to be drawn up in accordance with the provisions of Chapter II (A) on substances and materials used on board ships.

4 For substances and materials covered by Rule 1 (1). 4, furthermore, the supplier and workplace instruction must contain information on whether the substance and material contains epoxy resins, monomers epoxycompounds, reactive solvents or isocyanates, as well as on the substance or the encoding period of the material.

5 The master shall ensure that, for a product in which the mixture of several components or the addition of the dilution instrument is required, a code number has been fixed for both the products alone and for the user ' s consumption.

6 For a product where a particular temperature is required, a code number shall be fixed for the product at ambient temperature and for the product at the temperature prescribed at the prescribed temperature.

7 The packaging or communication on the code number shall also indicate that the respiratory system must be fitted to the air if a product contains low-boiling fluids (substances with boiling point less than 65º C as well as a series of other substances absorbed ; low on coal filters) and if the work on the product is to be used as protection against the breathing hazards.

Regulation No 5 Product (s)

1 A product, including the usable mixture, must not be used without the code number of the product being lit. Information on this subject must be made available to the workers.

2 If the necessary information on the fixing of code number cannot be obtained, the product requirements shall correspond to the highest code numbers.

3 For substances and materials covered by Rule 1 (1). The same applies to the use of a spatter (aerosol/contusion), but only manually by means of partel, paintbrush, malerscroll, fuge pistol or similar.

4 Persons with eczema, observed epoxyallergi, asthma, chronic pulmonary suffering, diagnosing skin or respiratory allergy or heavy hands (hyperhidrosis manuum) must not be used for substances and materials covered by regulation 1 (1). 4.

5 Employed persons who work on substances and materials covered by the provisions of this Title shall, before the execution of the work, review one of the Maritime Management Board (s).

6 The master or the person who enters his place shall ensure that the person referred to in paragraph 1 shall be that the master of the vessel shall be shown. 5 said education shall take place.

7 For work processes, products that are not in use with higher numbers in the code number are not used in the code number other than those specified in the table 2.1 in Annex 2.

8 The provisions of paragraph 1. 7 may be derogated from when, pursuant to other legislation, special requirements are made for the characteristics of the surface or the finished work.

9 A product may not be used if the intended use may be replaced by an undangerous, less dangerous or less-generating product. Therefore, a product with the lowest possible code may be used in useful dynamometer.

10 Where the use of a replacement product will not result in insignificant differences in the technical characteristics or expenditure, a general weighing of the technical and economic consequences must be undertaken in respect of the safety, health and environmental considerations.

11 The ship ' s security organisation shall be forfeit in the assessment of whether compensation can be made.

12 If compensation cannot be carried out in accordance with paragraph 1, 9, or the use of the product may not be omitted, because a single weighing in accordance with paragraph 1 shall not be made. 10 shows that the use of a replacement offering will result in unreasonable additional costs for the shipowner / employer, as required by the Danish Maritime Service.

Policy 6 Protective measures

1 In the case of work on products, including provisioning and completion of the work, measures shall be taken to ensure that persons working on the products are as protected as possible against exposure to the products used. Primarily, this must be done by technical measures, cf. the precautionary principles laid down in Chapter I, section A on the operation of the work on board ships.

2 In addition, in the field of work, measures must be taken to protect the environment.

3 Where they are in paragraph 1. The technical measures referred to above are not reasonably capable of being implemented, or where the conditions are not, by the way, against the risk of unnecessary exposure, in Annexes 2 to 4, as a minimum is taken.

4 In the case of work on hot surfaces with a temperature above 35º C, the security measures shall be determined from the code number, since the number before the hyphenation is increased to the nearest higher number. In addition, respiratory swarm must always be used in the form of the whole mask.

5 After the completion of the individual work with the products and until the products which have been incurred are dried or hardened to a degree that the danger of harmful effects to health is discharged, the security measures shall be provided for in accordance with Rule 5 (5). 9-12 continue to be followed.

6 Whereas, at the same time, more workers are required to carry out work with the products so close that there is a danger of health risks other than those which may be assigned to their own work, sufficient shall be taken in order to ensure that : safety precautions for health hazards.

7 Other than those carrying out the work on the products or necessary work shall not be allowed to stay as close to the work as they may be exposed to harmful effects on health.

8 For substances and materials covered by rule 1 (1). 4, moreover, the warning board shall also be set up, cf. the provisions of Chapter VIII (A) concerning signalling, security signs, marking and drawing-up.

9 Work with respiratory work shall not exceed either 6 hours on a working day when air-bearing respiratory work is used or 3 hours on a working day when using filter respiratory. In particular incriminating situations as a result of the nature of the work, temperature conditions or the like of the work, time must be reduced. Work with respiratory work must not be uninterrupted.

10 Estimates the organisation of the worker ' s employment by means of filtration of the employed by filtration of respirators will be well over the provisions of paragraph 1. 9 fixed period, air-bearing respiratory functions are to be used as early as the start of the work. If the work is so physical exerting that the breathing through a filter mask is going to be difficult because of the resistance, respiratory respiratory must be used.

11 Where work on substances and materials is worked, there must be adequate first aid equipment, including the eye flushing.

Rule 7 Storage and hygiene

1 The substance and material must be stored in a reasonable way.

2 For substances and materials covered by Rule 1 (1). 4, moreover, waste, leftovers, empty packaging, discarded work clothes and used disposable towels must be placed in special waste containers, which must be clearly marked with the content.

3 In the case of codenumbered products, the personal protective equipment shall be stored in ventilated cabiners, spaces or other areas of the ship outside the crew accommodated spaces.

4 People who work on substances and materials covered by regulation 1 (1). Four, I want separate dressing rooms. Regular clothing and industrial clothing must be kept separate, and there must also be access to cartias with hot and cold water.

5 Handwashed with hot and cold water must be accessible. In the work of substances and materials covered by rule 1 (1), Four, the water faucet must not be hand-operas.

6 In the case of the washing facilities, suitable detergent, mild soap, smooth, disposable handsuits and suitable skin cream shall be used for the detection of washing and the waste container.

Rule 8 Other provisions

1 For substances and materials covered by Rule 1 (1). The fourth point also applies to the need for workers to have a careful personal hygiene.

2 If the hands or other parts of the body have been in contact with the substances or materials, they shall be cleaned immediately with appropriate detergent. After that, they must be washed thoroughly with soap and water and to be placed with appropriate skin creams.

3 The consumption of food and drinking, as well as smoking on the workplace, must not be allowed.

4 Work noise, used in the work of substances and materials, must not be carried under meals.

5 The master or the person who steps in his place shall ensure that effective supervision of the rules laid down in paragraph 1 shall be carried out. One-point-four is respected by workers.

APPENDIX 1

Codenomummerdution-products, cf. Rule 1 (1). 3-4

1 Malevars and malevarersimilar surface coverings.

2 Lime (clingers), including organic solvents and fill-out means, including fumes, carpet and spartels, and kit used for the addition of repair work, e.g. in accommodation.

13 Dilusions used for the above products and products used in preparation and completion by working with the above products, including degreasing agents, detergents and crayons.

4 Products used when provisioning and finalization of the above products, including detergents and crayons, are used.

APPENDIX 2

Work indoors

1 The area of the Annex

1.1 Work with products indoors on ships and on 'ordinary' installations in these areas, such as pipes, installation doors and closets.

2 Procurement Schema

2.1 In schema 2.1, the maximum permissible number before the hyphen goods in use in usable mix for maleable products is indicated.

3 Definitions

3.1 ' Letting of the overclosures shall be carried out by tarps or other tent-frag-like material which allows a certain air circulation through openings and incarcases.

3.2 ' Working rooms with the installation of mechanical ventilation ` are work rooms which are acceptable for work on major issues and equipped with adequate mechanical ventilation.

4 Security measures

4.1 Ventilation

4.1.1 Mechanical ventilation must be established, as specified in schema 2.2.

4.2 Personal protective equipment

4.2.1 The personal protective equipment to be used in each of the work shall be provided by the form of a scheme 2.3. Appendiability shall be included or merged according to the principles set out in Annex 4 in accordance with the principles set out in Annex 4, as well as the value added for the number before the hyphenum.

The notes are also found in Appendix 4.

Schema 2.1

Highest allowable numbers before the hydenum in the code number of maleable products in usable collude to malework indoors

lofts / walls

(tires) / (Scots)

Floor

(DOING)
A. General Impacts and Functional requirements
1-
1-
Examples :
Spare rooms and sleeping quarters, galley and supplies.
Tectors and esophagus.
Trapper and hallways.
Space and recreation period.
Passenger's lounge.
The esophagus.
Toilets.
machinery spaces and tyre tyres (tyre / bulkheads),
B. Large Impacts and Major Functional Requirements
2-
2-
They surfaces where great impacts occur, or where large demands are made.
Examples :
Interfaces in galley and Baderum.
Dressing room.
Toilet and washroom.
Engine room and car tyres (doorbell).
(The surfaces that are not subject to major influences are part A).
C. Special Impacts and
special function requirements
2-
4-
They surfaces where special effects occur, or where special requirements are made.
Examples :
Surfaces in sygerum/hospital, wet drum. Machine space peak and the surfaces of the engine compartment, which are exposed to exhaust (4), vehicle tyres (knocks), which are paused for a very short time of dry time. (The surfaces that are not subject to special effects shall be subject to A or any other factors. B).

Table 2.2

Requirements for the establishment of ventilation indoors

Codenr.
Light overcover (carried out with tarps and other tent-frag like materials)
Room with Mechanical ventilation
The number before the line
Spartel,
paintbrush, roll the o.lign.
Engine
Spartel,
paintbrush, roll the o.lign.
Engine
00-
None
Mechanical
ventilation ;
None
Ventilation
operational
0-
None
Mechanical
ventilation ;
None
Ventilation
operational
1-
None
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Ventilation
operational B)
Ventilation
operational
2-
Mechanical
ventilation ; A)
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Ventilation
operational B)
Ventilation
operational
3-
Mechanical
ventilation ; A)
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Ventilation
operational B)
Ventilation
operational
4-
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Ventilation
operational B)
Ventilation
operational
5-
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Ventilation
operational
Ventilation
operational

Table 2.2 continued

Requirements for the establishment of ventilation indoors

Codenr.
Rum without the mechanical engineering
ventilation ;
Invently in thought, cofferdamme
and similar
The number before the line
Spartel, paintbrush, roll, etc.
Engine
Spartel, paintbrush, roll, etc.
Engine
00-
None
Mechanical
ventilation ;
None
Ventilation
operational
0-
None
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Mechanical
ventilation ; A)
Ventilation
operational
1-
Mechanical
ventilation ; A)
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Mechanical
ventilation ; A)
Ventilation
operational
2-
Mechanical
ventilation ; A)
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Mechanical
ventilation ; A)
Ventilation
operational
3-
Mechanical
ventilation ; A)
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Ventilation
operational
4-
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Ventilation
operational
5-
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Mechanical
ventilation ;
Ventilation
operational
A)
The use of mechanical ventilation may not be possible where the total amount of the goods is to be the maximum of 1 litres per litre. Day.
B)
It is not necessary for ventilation to be operated where the total consumption of the goods is to be a maximum of 1 litres per litre per year. Day.

Schema 2.3

Personal protective equipment and special industrial noise

Working with products in the case of paint, malevans-like surface coating, glue, clinging and fumigation indoors ;

Codenr.
Small Flat *)
Large Flat
The number before the line
Spartel, paintbrush, roll, etc.
Engine
Spartel, paintbrush, roll, etc.
Engine
00-
No Special
Helmask with combifilter 9)
No Special 8)
Helmask with combifilter 9)
0-
No Special
Helmask with combifilter 9)
No Special 8)
Helmask with combifilter 9)
1-
No Special 7)
Air-equipped semi-mask 2), 6) eye protection
Gas filter mask 9 ()
Air-equipped semi-mask 2), 6) eye protection
2-
No Special 7)
Aerial
the whole mask 2)
Aerial
semi-mask
Aerial
the whole mask 2)
3-
Gas filter mask 9)
Aerial
the whole mask 2)
Aerial
the whole mask
Aerial
the whole mask
4-
Gas filter mask 9)
Aerial
the whole mask 2)
Aerial
the whole mask
Aerial
the whole mask
5-
Aerial
the whole mask
Aerial
the whole mask
Aerial
the whole mask
Aerial
the whole mask

Schema 2.3 continued

Personal protective equipment and special industrial noise

Working with products in the case of paint, malevans-like surface coating, glue, clinging and fumigation indoors ;

Codenr.
Small Flat *)
Large Flat
Tallet for the line
Spartel, paintbrush, roll, etc.
Engine
Spartel, paintbrush, roll, etc.
Engine
-1
Gloves 3), 4), 5)
A mask of combifilter, over-wear, gloves, hood.
Gloves 3), 4), 5)
A mask of combifilter, over-wear, gloves, hood.
-2
Gloves 3), 4), 5)
Air-equipped semi-mask 1), 6), eye-defence, infra-suit, gloves, caps,
Gloves 3), 4), 5)
Air-equipped semi-mask 1), 6), eye-defence, infra-suit, gloves, caps,
-3
Gloves (3), 4), 12)
Air-stocking full mask, overlay, gloves, caps,
Gloves 4), 5 ()
Air-stocking full mask, overlay, gloves, caps,
-4
Handling face screen, hoodie, hazmat suit 11), 13)
Air-equipped protective clothing, protective clothing, gloves, caps,
Gloves, face screen, hood, hazmat suit. 11), 13)
Air-equipped protective clothing, protective clothing, gloves, caps,
-5
Handling face screen, hoodie, hazmat suit 11), 13)
Air-equipped protective clothing, protective clothing, gloves, caps,
Gloves, face screen, hood, hazmat suit. 11), 13)
Air-equipped protective clothing, protective clothing, gloves, caps,
-6
Handling face screen, hoodie, hazmat suit 11), 13)
Air-equipped protective clothing, protective clothing, gloves, caps,
Gloves, face screen, hood, hazmat suit. 11), 13)
Air-equipped protective clothing, protective clothing, gloves, caps,

*) Low surfaces are surfaces that are not greater than 4m, 2 which together make up 1/10 of the entire surface in a room.

APPENDIX 3

Work outdoors

1 Bilas area

1.1 Work with products outdoors on ships, including, for example, work on :

tyres, mascot, antennae and master, fixed machines, etc.

1.2 Outdoor work must, as far as possible, be carried out with efficient natural ventilation or under easy overcover with fitted mechanical ventilation.

2 Security measures

2.1 Personal protective equipment.

2.2 It is specified in schema 3.1, the personal protective equipment to be used for the individual work.

2.3 Appendiability shall be included or merged according to the principles set out in Annex 4 in accordance with the principles set out in Annex 4, as well as the value added for the number before the hyphenum.

The notes are also found in Appendix 4.

Schema 3.1

Personal protective equipment and special work clothes on outdoor work

Codenr.
Outdoor
Tallet before / after the finish
Spartel, paintbrush, roll, etc.
Engine
00-
No Special
Helmask with
combifilter 9)
0-
No Special
Helmask with
combifilter 9)
1-
No Special
Eye-defence, air-equipped semi-mask 2), 6)
2-
No Special 10)
Eye-defence, air-equipped semi-mask 2), 6)
3-
Gas filter mask 0), 9)
Eye-defence, air-equipped semi-mask 2), 6)
4-
Eye-defence, air-equipped semi-mask 1), 6
Air-equipped whole mask 2)
5-
Air-equipped whole mask
Air-equipped whole mask
Codenr.
Outdoor
Tallet for the line
Spartel, paintbrush, roll, etc.
Engine
-1
Gloves 3), 4), 5)
A mask with a comet filter, hoodie, gloves, overcoat suit.
-2
Gloves 3), 4), 5)
Air-equipped semi-mask 2), 6) eye-defence, hoodie, gloves, offenders.
-3
Gloves 4), 5)
Air-equipped whole mask 2), 6) eye-defence, hoodie, gloves, hazmat suit.
-4
Gloves, face screen, hood or helmet, hazmat suit.
Air wearing a full mask, hood, gloves, hazmat suit.
-5
Gloves, face screen, hood or helmet, hazmat suit.
Air wearing a full mask, hood, gloves, hazmat suit.
-6
Gloves, face screen, hood or helmet, hazmat suit.
Air wearing a full mask, hood, gloves, hazmat suit.

APPENDIX 4

Choices of personal protective equipment

1 Notes to schema 2.3 and 3.1 for personal protective equipment

0) When it is stained and repaired by minor surfaces where total consumption is not more than 1 litres of product per product per Day, there can be out of the niches and the same. work without respiratory work.

1) For brief work, such as staining and servicing to a limited extent (maximum 1 hour per hour today), the gas filter mask may be used. However, respiratory respiratory work must be used for work with products containing low-boiling fluids.

2) For short term work, e.g. staining and servicing to a limited extent (maximum 1 hour per hour today), the combination filter mask can be used. If the combo mask mask replaces the whole mask, eye protection must also be used. However, respiratory respiratory work must be used for work with products containing low-boiling fluids.

3) If the hands are not soiled by the product, then there can be work without gloves.

4) In the case of stocking work, use must be used in a face screen and either cap, helmet or casket with great shade. Looks like some kind of eyelids fall off.

5) Overwear must be used where sock is made to such a degree that ordinary working clothes do not protect skin contact with the product.

6) If the half-mask and other required protective equipment are not easily used at the same time, the whole mask must be used instead of a semi-mask.

7) In the niche and the like, the same personal protective equipment shall be used as a 'great flat'.

8) Gas filter mask or adequate ventilation shall be used when the product is kept in a bad ventilated room. However, when working with products that contain low-boiling liquids, a possible respiratory system must be fitted.

9) Air-equipped semi-mask shall be used when working with products containing low-boiling liquids.

10) In the stationary air, the same respiratory system shall be used as at outdoor ' s work with products coded 3.

11) In the case of limpistool or limbo, work is not done without a face screen and a hood.

12) In the case of working with limp or glue tube, work without gloves should be worked if the hands are not soothing by the product. Gloves shall be used when switching limpatron.

13) In the case of limpistool or limbo, work is not possible to work without protective clothing if the clothing is not sown by the product.

2 Annotations Selection

1 Where no protective equipment or the same protective equipment is used for the same purpose, with different notes, the cutting notes (4)-10) must always be included. Povering notes (0)-3) and 11)-13) shall be disregarded.

3 Choices between personal protective equipment

1 If the composition of the composition involves the choice between two different personal protective equipment with the same purpose, then the ultimate protective equipment shall be chosen as follows :

1.1 Provistoon full mask takes precedence over

-Air-equipped semi-mask,

-Combination filter mask,

-gas filter mask,

-Dust filter mask,

-Eye grinder and ...

-Face screen.

1.2 Air-equipped semi-mask precedates

-Combination filter mask,

-gas filter mask and

-Dust filter mask.

1.3 Combination filter mask precedates

-gas filter mask and

-Dust filter mask.

1.4 Where the boot filter mask and the gas filter mask is specified simultaneously, the combo mask mask must be used.

1.5 Where a face screen is specified and an eye protective eye simultaneously, a face screen must be used.

2 Disposal of a protective tool after the above, the notes that are associated with the selected protective tool are decreopted.

Section C Carcinogens and Materials, including asbestos and mutagens

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this Title include work including, including use, handling and labelling of :

1.1 carcinogenic substances and materials listed in Appendix 1, including asbestos,

1.2 materials of the percentage content specified in Annex 1 or more ;

1.3 working processes which make such a substance as specified in Annex 1 for the individual substance, and

1.4 mutagens listed in Annex 1.

2 Except for the provisions of regulation 2, the formula also applies to those listed in Annex 1 and materials which are transported as cargo.

3 This Title contains provisions which are designed in the light of Council Directive no. 2004 /37/EC of 29. April 2004 on the protection of workers against the risks of exposure to carcinogens or mutagens (6th Specific Directive in accordance with Article 16, shall be furtive. 1, in Council Directive 89 /391/EEC) (codified version), Community Official Journal 2004, L 158, p. 50.

Council Directive no. 83 /477/EEC of 19. In September 1983 on the protection of workers from the dangers of being exposed to asbestos, the Official Journal L 263 of 327, p. 25, as amended by Council Directive 91 /382/EEC of 25. June 1991, and in Directive 2003 /18/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27. March 2003, L-97, s.48.

Council Directive 98 /24/EC of 7. April 1998 on the protection of the safety and health of workers at work against the risks associated with chemical agents (14-year-EU special directive, pursuant to Directive 89 /391/EEC), L 131, p. 11.

Council Directive 83 /478/EEC of 19. In September 1983 on the fifth amendment (asbestos) of Directive 76 /769/EEC on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions of the Member States relating to the restriction of the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations. Council Directive 85 /610/EEC of 20. December 1985 on the seventh amendment of Directive 76 /769/EEC, Commission Directive 91 /659/EEC of 3. December 1991 adapting to the technical development of Annex I to Council Directive 76 /769/EEC and Commission Directive 99 /77/EC of 26. July 1999 on the sixth adaptation to the technical progress of Annex I to Council Directive 76 /769/EEC on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions of the Member States relating to the restriction of the placing on the market and the use of certain provisions ; dangerous substances and preparations (asbestos), Community Official Journal L 207 s. 18.

Regulation 2 General provisions applicable to use

1 This section contains additional provisions for Chapter I (A) on the performance of the work and section A of this chapter on substances and materials.

2 Substances and materials covered by this Title are considered to be hazardous to, or, incidentally, a deterioration in safety and health. For this reason, in its entirety, the provisions on substances and materials used on board ships shall apply, cf. section A of this chapter. In addition, the specific requirements arising from legislation on maritime safety, for example, such as epoxy resins and isocyanates, etc. in the provisions of Chapter II, Section B, concerning work with codenumbered products on board ships.

3 A substance or material may not be used if it can be replaced by an undangerous or less hazardous material, cf. the provisions on substitution (substitution) in Chapter II, Section A, rule 7.1 and 7.3-7.9.

4 The working space instructions for the substances and materials prepared for the staff in accordance with the provisions of section A, rule 3 and 10 of this Chapter shall indicate, in addition to the information provided for in this Chapter, that work on the substance or The material may constitute a cancer risk. The working space instructions for materials must also provide information on the names of the substances. The names used to describe the substances and materials shall be used in Annex 1.

5 The working space instructions provided for in paragraph 1 shall be that : 4 must provide information on possible measures using personal protective equipment in accordance with Rule 3 (3). 10 and 12.

6 Wastes containing carcinogens or mutagens must be assembled, stored and disposed of in appropriate sealed containers or, where practicable, in other comforting manner. Containers must be marked as set out in Appendix 3.

Regulation 3 General provisions applicable to the use and transport of cargo

1 This section contains additional rules for Chapter I (A) on the operation of the work on board ships.

2 Processes, working methods and tools which exclude or restrict the development of vapors and dust, the formation of smoke and aerosols and the sprains and the spatter of the substances and the spatter and the spatter of the substances must be used in the use of carcinogenic substances or mutagens. the materials as much as it is reasonable, having regard to technical progress.

3 Where there is a risk of exposure to carcinogens or mutagens from the cargo, the working methods which exclude or limit the postponement shall be used. This applies to work processes such as loading, unloading, tangitation, ullage and temperature measurement, sampling, on-and dismantling hoses and other work on deck. The extension may include the development of vapors and dust, the formation of smoke and aerosols, etc., and splatter and rods from the substances and materials. The choice of working methods must be carried out taking into account the technical progress.

4 The recon of air containing carcinogenic substances or mutagens must not be carried out.

5 In the space of the local suction of carcinogenic substances or mutagens, the absorbent air shall always be carried out to the free.

6 Ventilation systems installed to protect workers, and technical facilities used to work with carcinogens or mutagens must be provided with appropriate retroactive monitoring devices that reveal and Alarms at abnormal operating conditions and by accident.

7 In connection with monitoring devices, written instructions shall be drawn up indicating the measures to be followed in abnormal operating conditions and by accident on board.

8 Workers shall be informed of abnormal operating conditions and of any accident likely to cause exposure to carcinogens or mutagens or from work processes where such products can be developed.

9 As long as the increased risk is present, only people in the area in question must be employed only to the extent necessary for the re-establishment of normal conditions. In order to counteract the increased risk of exposure to carcinogens or mutagens, appropriate pauses must be made between workers and the work must be limited to the rigour necessary. Those who are employed in the area in question shall be effectively protected against effects.

10 If the work is not in any other way possible to ensure that safety and health is fully justified, appropriate personal protective equipment shall be used in the case of carcinogens or mutagens.

11 Personal protective equipment :

11.1 must not be worn under edible breaks,

11.2 be kept separate from other clothes,

11.3 be kept and disposed of in sealed packaging, marked as specified in Annex 3 when they are intended for destruction or cleaning, and

11.4 cleaners must be cleaned separately with equipment suitable for the purpose.

12 In the case of the use of the personal protective equipment at the same time, the provisions of Chapter VII concerning the use of personal protective equipment on board ships shall apply.

13 Where there is a risk of exposure to carcinogens or mutagens, there must be no smoking, eaten or drinker, as well as the storage of tobacco, food and beverages must not be carried out.

Policy 4 Evaluation of safety and health conditions

1 In the case of hazardous substances and materials in the workplace, the workplace assessment shall, in accordance with the provisions of section A, rule 5 (2), must be used in the workplace assessment. 1-6 of this chapter also include the following assessment elements :

1.1 Material properties of substances and materials,

1.2 the degree of exposure, type and duration,

1.3 the circumstances of the work of dangerous substances and materials,

1.4 the effect of the preventive measures taken or are to be taken,

1.5 where possible, the conclusions to be drawn from the studies carried out in the area of study carried out,

1.6 the limit values set by the Board of Work and

1.7 information on safety and health provided by the supplier or the shipowner.

2 The shipowner or in his master shall obtain additional information necessary for the workplace assessment by the operator or in his place.

3 The assessment must also include a list of the hazardous substances and materials used in the workplace, with reference to the appropriate workplace instructions.

4 Repair and maintenance work etc. on board ships, which may be anticipated to cause significant effects from dangerous substances and materials, or which may prejudice the safety and health of other reasons, even though technical decisions have been taken ; measures shall be included in the assessment.

5 Where the work involves the risk of influences from several hazardous substances or materials, the overall risk of the various substances and materials must be assessed.

6 The assessment must be updated when significant changes occur in the working conditions, but at least every three years.

7 For the purposes of paragraph 1. The substances and materials referred to above shall be planned and organised, taking into account this assessment, and in particular, it must be ensured that such special measures are taken, as provided for in regulation 6 (1). Paragraph 1 and paragraph. 5-19.

8 In the case of carcinogenic substances or mutagens, the work shall be planned and organised in the light of this assessment.

Regulation 5 Special provisions applicable to use and transport as cargo ;

1 The provisions of regulations 6 and 7 shall apply only to the extent to which it follows the particulars set out in Annex 1 for each substance, material or work process, or by an evaluation under regulation 4.

2 In the case of transport as a cargo of the substances and materials listed in Annex 1, the special provisions of regulation 4, rule 6 (4), shall apply. 2-6, paragraph 1. 13-19, paragraph 1. Twenty-one, and rule 7, paragraph 1. 2-4. In the case of transport as packed hazardous goods, rule 6 shall not apply.

Regulation 6 Special measures

1 To the extent that the impact of the assessment referred to in regulation 4 is to work with the substances and materials referred to in closed installations, if that is technically feasible.

2 To the extent indicated in Annex 1 and of the provision in regulation 5 (5). 2, may work processes in which carcinogenic substances or mutagens are used only take place in closed installations or in any other way to prevent the emancipation of the substances and materials so as to exclude any influence from that effect.

3 If it is not technically possible to comply with paragraph 1, In other technical measures, the carcinogenic substances or mutagens must be removed, so as to reduce the risk of exposure as far as possible.

4 Where it is not technically possible to eliminate the risk of exposure, appropriate personal protective equipment shall be used.

5 To the extent that the impact of the assessment referred to in regulation 4 must be defined where carcinogenic substances or mutagens are being defined and marked by warning and security signs, including signs of smoking bans.

6 Such measures shall always be taken to the extent indicated in Annex 1 and of the provision in regulation 5 (5). 2.

7 To the extent that the impact of the assessment provided for in regulation 4 has to work with carcinogenic substances or mutagens only on jobs that are effectively separated from other jobs, and only workers whose work makes it necessary ; must have access to these areas.

8 Such measures shall always be taken to the extent that it appears in Appendix 1.

9 To the extent that the impact of the assessment referred to in regulation 4 is that there is a risk of exposure to use and transport as cargo, the bath and dressing facilities in accordance with the provisions of the Danish Maritime Agency B, Chapter II-3, shall be : include two separate dressing rooms, respectively for regular clothing and industrial noise.

10 The dressing room of the work must be fitted and equipped in such a way as to enable the packing of the work area in close packaging before it is removed for washing. Where disposable clothing or equipment is used, appropriate waste containers must be provided for this purpose.

11 The dressing room of work clothes must not be used for use to anyone other than those exposed to the pollution in question.

12 The abode and changing facilities must always be made to the extent indicated in Appendix 1.

13 To the extent that the impact of the assessment referred to in regulation 4, the employer shall ensure that, in the control of the work environment, after Chapter I, section A, the work environment is included in the measurement programmes.

14 Measurement programmes must be recognised and must always be included in the checks to the extent indicated in Annex 1 and of the rule in regulation 5 (5). 2.

15 The shipowners shall keep an up-to-date list of the workers who, after rule 4, and the rule of regulation 5 (3), must be updated. 2, assessed being able to be or have been exposed to the risk of carcinogenic substances or mutagens, with indication of the impact.

16 The workers must have access to the information which is included in the list for their own person. Employees and their representatives must have access to the collective and anonymous information in the list.

17 The information relating to the individual worker shall be kept for 40 years after the risk is discharged. The list shall be sent to the Maritime Service by recessions.

18 The shipowner shall ensure that, in accordance with rule 4, workers who are estimated to be exposed to exposure to exposure to carcinogens or mutagens, before hiring and then at least once every 3. This year has access to a work medical study. The examination shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Chapter IX of Section A concerning the study of work medical studies.

19 To the extent indicated in Annex 1 and of the provision in regulation 5 (5). 2, the workers must have access to medical examinations carried out.

20 To the extent indicated in Annex 1, carcinogenic substances or mutagens must be marked in accordance with the rules set out in Annex 3.

21 In the case of carcinogenic substances and materials or mutagens, the work shall be carried out only by persons who have undergone a special training approved by the Maritime Agency.

Rule 7 Usage limits and message

1 To the extent indicated in Annex 1, the use of carcinogenic substances or mutagens is not permitted.

2 To the extent indicated in Annex 1 and of the provision in regulation 5 (5). 2, any accident likely to risk exposure to human health at the effects of exposure from carcinogens or mutagens shall be notified to the Maritime Maritime Authority.

3 The communication shall include description of the accident, including the names of the carcinogens or mutagens, as well as information on the estimated quantity of the spill.

4 The communication must include an indication of the possible cause of the accident and a statement of how similar accidents may be met for the future.

Rule 8 Asbestos

In the case of asbestos, the specific detailed provisions of Annex 2 shall apply in addition to the previous provisions.

APPENDIX 1

Carcinogenic substances and materials and mutagens

Section 1 consists of two sections : Section A and Title B.

Section A contains a specific enumeration of substances and materials.

A reference to the EPA's list of dangerous substances contains a reference to the Ministry of the Environment.

A substance may be subject to regulation 1 to 8 by virtue of section A. B. If this is the case, it is the special requirements set out in Title A which are applicable. If the substance is already included in Section A with special provisions or with a different percentage, they must be followed.

TITLE A

The column "UN.No." indicate the UN.No of the substance (s), which shall be used for transport. Substances with * are found in Mehrblätter Gefährliche Arbeitsfe (1998), others in Hommel Handbuch der gefährlichen Güten (2005).

It should be pointed out that it is not possible to go 'contrary' to the above, to understand that, for example, UN 2810 is not just 1 Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and therefore carcinogenic. Several of the preceding UN numbers also cover many substances that are not carcinogenic.

The column "CAS.nr." indicates a substance identification number in Chemical Abstract Service.

The column ' substance ` shall indicate the substances in the list below. The 'substance' column also appears to be materials and substances which are given in a work process.

The column ' percentage content of materials ` shall determine the percentage of the substance a material must contain in order that the material is covered by this technical regulation.

The column ' special provisions ` refers to regulation 5 to 8 of the provisions which, in addition to the provisions of regulation 2 to 4, apply to work with the substance or material concerned.

The following shall be specified in the column ' detailed notes and limits ` to the extent to which the specific provisions laid down shall apply to the substance (s) of the substance. In addition, any restrictions on the technical processing requirements shall be applicable to the substance (s).

| in front of a substance, there are changes in relation to the previous appendix 1.

UN.
no.
CAS.nr.
Stof
Percentage content of materials
Special provisions
Exearing comments and limitations
53-96-3
2- A BY
0,1
97-56-3
AAT, se Azofarvestoffer (Solvent Yellow 3)
26148-68-5
A-AI-C
0,1
1089
75-07-0
|
Acetaldehyde
0,1
Reg 7, paragraph 7. 1
Applicable use in detergents
≥ 1
Reg 7, paragraph 7. 1
Other Usage
16568-02-8
Acetaldehyde- N -Anheel- N -methylhydrazon, see Gyromitrin
60-35-5
Acetamide
0,1
2832-40-8
Acetamide, N -(4-((2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)
(azo) phenyl)-, se CI Disperse Yellow 3
2810
Acetophenon, reactionary product with formaldehyde, cyclohexylamine, methanol and acetic acid
0,1
53-96-3
2-Acetylamino-fluoren, se 2-AAF
3761-53-3
Acid red 26, see Azofarvestoffer
6459-94-5
Acid Red 114, see Azofarvestoffer
1694-09-3
Acid Violet 49, see Benylviolet 4B
2074
79-06-1
Acrylamide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1093
107-13-1
Acrylonitrile
0,1
23214-92-8
Adriamycin
0,1
3688-53-7
DE-2
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1162-65-8 1165-39-5
1402-68-2
7220-81-7
7241-98-7
6795-23-9
Aflatoxins
0,1
15972-60-8
Alachlor
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2761
n.o.s.
309-00-2
Aldrin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
85535-84-8
Alkaner, C10-13-, Chlor, look Chloralkaner, C10-13
94-59-7
5-Allyl-1,3-benzodioxol, se Safrol
2219
106-92-3
Allyl glycidylether
0,1
3143 *
60-09-3
p -Aminoazobenzene, se Azofarvestoffer (Solvent Yellow 1)
3143
97-56-3
o -Aminoazotoluen, see Azofarvestoffer (Solvent Yellow 3)
92-67-1
4-Aminobiphenyl
0
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
4-Aminobiphenyl, salts thereof
0
Rule 7 (7) 1
The prohibition shall not apply where the substance is present in a substance or material in the form of impurities, by-products or as a component of waste products, and concentration of the substance is less than 0,1%. Risk assessment is only current when use is allowed.
77094-11-2
2-Amino-3,4-dimethylimidazo-(4,5- f () Quinoline, se MelQ
77500-04-0
2-Amino-3,8-dimethylimidazo-(4,5- f () Quinoline, se MelQx
62450-06-0
3-Amino-1,4-dimethyl-5 H- pyrido (4.3- b ) indol, see Trp-P-1
67730-10-3
2-Aminodipyrido
(1.2- a : 3 ', 2'- d () imidazole,
se Glu-P-2
2811 *
n.o.s.
399-95-1
4-Amino-3-flourphenol
0,1
67730-11-4
2-Amino-6-methyl-dipyrido (1,2- a : 3 ', 2'- d ()
imidazole, se Glu-P-1
76180-96-6
2-Amino-3-methyl-imidazo (4,5- f ()
Quinoline, see IQ
105650-23-5
2-Amino-1-methyl-6-phenylimidazo-(4,5- b ) pyridin, look PhIP.
68006-83-7
2-Amino-3-methyl-9 H -pyrido (2,3-b) indol,
See MeA-ME-C
62450-07-1
3-Amino-1-methyl-5 H -Pyrido (4.3- b ) indol,
se Trp-P-2
712-68-5
2-Amino-5-(5-nitro-2-furyl) -1,3,4-thiadiazol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
26148-68-5
2-Amino-9 H -Pyrido (2,3- b ) indol, see A-point-C
2763 *
61-82-5
Amitrol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
7789-09-5
Ammonium chromate, see Chromcompounds, hexavalent
1547
62-53-3
Aniline
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Anilin, salts thereof
0,1
2431
90-04-0
o -Anisidin.
0,1
o -Anisidin, salts thereof
0,1
1549 *
n.o.s.
1309-64-4
1317-98-2
12412-52-1
Antimontrioxide
0,1
Use of flame retardant paint, glue, fugee o.lign.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
90640-80-5
90640-81-6
90640-82-7
91995-14-1
91995-15-2
91995-16-3
91995-17-4
Anthracenode with content of 0,1% benzene or 0,005% benzo (a) pyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
90640-80-5
90640-81-6
90640-82-7
91995-14-1
91995-15-2
91995-16-3
91995-17-4
Anthracent oil of content < 0,1% benzene or <0,005% benzo (a) pyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1651 *
86-88-4
Antu
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
140-57-8
Aramit R
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
313-67-7
475-80-9
|
Aristolochic acid
0,1
64742-03-6
64742-04-7
64742-05-8
64742-11-6
91995-78-7
Aromatic extracts of crude oil distillates defined by EINECS number 265-102-1, 295-341-7, 265-111-0, 265-103-7 and 265-104-2
0,1
1558
7440-38-2
Arsence
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1559 *
1303-28-2
Arsenpentoxid
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1553
7778-39-4
Arsenic acid
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Arsenic acid, salts thereof
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1561
1327-53-3
Arsentrioxide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Arsenic, other inorganic compounds
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2590 *
12001-28-4
12001-29-5
12172-73-5
77536-66-4
77536-67-5
77536-68-6
Asbestos
0
Execulisted for appendix 2
1912-24-9
Atrazine
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
492-80-8
Auramin
0,1
Auramine, salts thereof
0,1
320-67-2
Azacitidin
0,1
115-02-06
Azaserin
0,1
446-86-6
Azathioprin
0,1
1185
151-56-4
Aziridin, watch Ethylenimin
103-33-3
Azobenzen
0,1
Azofarvestoffer, also see Benzidin-based azofarine, 4.4 ' -Bi- o -toluidinbased azofarve, and o -Dianisidin-side azofarvestoffer :
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3761-53-3
Acid Red 26
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
6459-94-5
Acid Red 114
0,1
Reg 7, paragraph 7. 1
Use
85136-74-9
|
Disperse Orange 149
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2832-40-8
|
Disperse Yellow 3
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3564-09-8
Ponceau 3 R
0,1
Reg 7, paragraph 7. 1
Use
2646-17-5
Solvent Orange 2
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
6358-53-8
Solvent Red 80
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
60-09-3
Solvent Yellow 1
0,1
Reg 7, paragraph 7. 1
Use
60-11-7
Solvent Yellow 2
0,1
Reg 7, paragraph 7. 1
Use
97-56-3
Solvent Yellow 3
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
842-07-9
|
Solvent Yellow 14
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
B ariumchromate, see Chromcompounds, hexavalent
154-93-8
BCNOW
0,1
3077
n.o.s.
17804-35-2
|
Benomyl
0,1
1886
98-87-3
Benzalchloride, se
♪ ♪ ♪ Chlorede toluens ♪
56-55-3
Benz ( a anthracene,
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1114
71-43-2
Benzene
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
51085-52-0
|
Benzenamin, 2-methyl-5-nitro, monohydrochloride
0,1
615-28-1
1,2-Benzendiamin, dihydrochloride, se o -Phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
1885
92-87-5
Benzidin
0
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Benzidin, salts thereof
0
Rule 7 (7) 1
The prohibition shall not apply where the substance is present in a substance or material in the form of impurities, by-products or as a component of waste products, and the concentration of the substance is less than 0,1%.
Risk assessment is only current when use is allowed.
Benzidin-based azofarvestoffer :
1937-37-7
Direct Black 38
(Technical Item)
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2602-46-2
Direct Blue 6
(Technical Item)
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
72-57-1
Direct Blue 14
(Technical Item)
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2429-74-5
Direct Blue 15
(technical quality)
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
16071-86-6
Direct Brown 95
(Technical Item)
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
573-58-0
Direct Red 28
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Other benzide-based azofarine substances, except as provided for in the environmental management list of dangerous substances without a classification as carcinogen,
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
205-99-2
Benzo ( b ) fluoranthen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
205-82-3
Benzo ( j ) fluoranthen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
207-08-9
Benzo ( k ) fluoranthen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
271-89-6
Benzofuranium
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
50-32-8
Benzo ( a ) pyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1738
100-44-7
Benzylchloride, se
The one-time Chlorined customs
1886
98-87-3
Benzypaiddichloride, se see the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the
1694-09-3
Benzylviolet 4B
0,1
1567
7440-41-7
Beryllium
0,1
Beryllium compounds, with the exception of aluminium beryllium silicates
0,1
Beryllium compounds, aluminium beryllium silicates
0,1
88-32-4
121-00-6
25013-16-5
BHA
0,1
90-41-5
(1.1 | -Biphenyl) -2-amin
0,1
101-77-9
Bis (4-aminophenyl) methane, see 4.4 | -Methylenediauline.
108225-03-2
7-[ [ 4,6-Bis [ (2-aminopropyl) amino ] -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl ] amino ] -4-hydroxy-3-(2-methoxphenylazo)
naphthalate sulphonic acid, monoformiate
0,1
3296-90-0
2,2-Bis (brommethyl)
Propan-1,3-diol
0,1
1916
111-44-4
Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether, se 2,2 | Dichlorodiethylether
494-03-1
N, N Bis (2-chloroethyl) -2-naphylamine, se Chlornaphazine
154-93-8
1,3-Bis (2-chloroethyl) nitrosourrea, se BCNU
505-60-2
Bis (2-chloroethyl) sufid
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2249
542-88-1
Bis (Chloromethyl) ether
0,1
90-94-8
|
4.4 | -Bis (dimethylamino) benzo-phenon
101-90-6
1,3-Bis (2,3-epoxypropoxy) benzene, se Diglycidylresorcinolether
4-[ [Bis-(4-fluorophenyl)
Methyl silyl ] methyl ] -4 H -1,2,4-triazole, mix with 1-[ [ bis-(4-fluorophenyl)
Methyl silyl ] methyl ] -1 H -1,2,4-triazol, see Blanding of 4-[ [ bis-(4-fluorophenyl)
Methyl silyl ] methyl ] -4 H -1,2,4-triazol; 1-[ [ bis-(4-fluorophenyl ] methylsilyl ]
methyl ] -1 H -1,2,4-triazole.
85509-19-9
Bis (4-fluorophenyl) (methyl)
(1 H -1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl) silan, se Flusilazole
2784-94-3
N', N ' -Bis (2-hydroxyethyl) -N-nitro- p -phenylenediamine, see HC Blue No 1.
4,4 ' -Bi- o -toluidine-based azofarine substances, except such as in the list of hazardous substances in the Environment Agency, without a classification as carcinogen.
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Bitumenextracts, vapor and aerial refined
0,1
Mixture of : 4-[ [ bis-(4-fluorophenyl) methylsilyl ]
methyl ] -4 H -1,2,4-triazol; 1-[ [ bis-(4-fluorophenyl)
Methyl silyl ] methyl ] -1 H -1,2,4-triazole.
0,1
|
Blendur 1 VP KU 3-4519 with ELINCS-nr. 421-550-1
0,1
9041-93-4
11056-06-7
67763-87-5
Bleomyciner
0,1
1616
2291
n.o.s.
301-04-2
1335-32-6
6080-56-4
Blyacetate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
6080-56-4
Blyacetate, trihydrate, see Blyacetate
2291
n.o.s.
1344-37-2
1344-38-3
7758-97-6
12656-85-8
18454-12-1
Blychromate, see Chromconcierent, hexavalent
7784-40-9
Blyhydrogenarsenate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
7446-27-7
15845-52-0
Blyphosphate Hat
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1616
1335-32-6
Blysubacetate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
75-27-4
Bromdichloromethane
0,1
1891
74-96-4
Bromethane
0,1
593-60-2
Bromethene, look Vinyl bromide.
138526-69-9
1-Brom-3,4,5-trifluorobenzene
0,1
68553-00-4
68476-33-5
68476-32-4
92045-14-2
Fuel oils defined by EINECS number 271-384-7, 270-675-6, 270-674-0 and 295-396-7
0,1
See also Fyringsolier, heavy
68476-30-2
68476-31-3
Fuel oils defined by EINECS Numer 270-671-4 and 270-673-5
0,1
See also Fuosolias, heavy
76-34-6
94114-59-7
94114-58-6
Fuel defined by EINECS number 270-676-1, 302-695-9 and 302-694-3
0,1
Also see diesel fuel for marinated engines
1010
106-99-0
1,3-Butadiene
0,1
Butane containing 0,1% 1,3-butadiene
0,1
55-98-1
1,4-Butandimethansulfonate, see Myleran
1993
96-29-7
|
2-Butanonoxim
≥ 1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1993
2426-08-6
n -Butylglycidylether, see 1-Butyl (2,3-epoxy-1-propyl) ether
0,1
88-32-4
121-00-6
25013-16-5
tert -Butyl-4-methoxy-phenol, see BHA
3082
n.o.s.
2312-35-8
|
2-(4-tert-Butylphenoxy) cyclohexyl-2-propynylsulphite
3068-88-0
Co-Butyrolacton
0,1
7440-43-9
C admium
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2570
n.o.s.
10108-64-2
Cadmium chloride
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2570
n.o.s.
542-83-6
Cadmiumcyanide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2570
n.o.s.
7790-79-6
Cadmium fluoride
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2570
n.o.s.
17010-21-8
Cadmium fluorosilicate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
4464-23-7
Cadmium formiate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2570
n.o.s.
7790-80-9
Cadmiumiodid
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2570
n.o.s.
1306-19-0
Cadmiumoxid
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2570
n.o.s.
10124-36-4
Cadmium sulphate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2570 *
n.o.s.
3077
1306-23-6
12656-57-4
58339-34-7
|
Cadmium sulfide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
12656-57-4
58339-34-7
|
Cadmium sulfoselenid
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Cadmium, other inorganic compounds
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
13765-19-0
Calcium chromate, see Chromcompounds, hexavalent
2761 *
8001-35-2
Camphechlor, look at Polychlorinated camperas.
2425-06-1
Captafol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2773
133-06-2
Captan
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
6804-07-5
Carbadox
0,1
2757
63-25-2
|
Carbaryl
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3077
n.o.s.
10605-21-7
|
Carbendazim
> 1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1361 *
1333-86-4
Carbon Black
0,1
Carbon Black and dust formige materials of respove carbon black dism content 0,1% are included.
Carbon black-extracts
0,1
97722-04-8
Carbonhydrider,
C 26-55 , aromatics
0,1
492-80-8
4.4 | -Carbonimidoylbis ( N, N -Dimethylanilin), look at Auramin.
4.4 | -Carbonimidoylbis ( N, N -Dimethylanilin), salts thereof, se Auramin, salts thereof ;
1846
56-23-5
Carbontetrachloride, se Tetrachloromethane
Carrageenan, demoted
0,1
|
Cartasol Yellow M-GL conc with ELINCS no. 401-500-5
0,1
13010-47-4
CCNOW
0,1
2232
107-20-2
Cloracetaldehyde
0,1
85535-84-8
|
Chloralkaner, C 10-13
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
95-06-7
2-Chlorallyl- N, N -Diethyldithiocarbamate, look at Sulfallat.
305-03-3
Chlorambucil
0,1
56-75-7
Chloramphenicol
0,1
2018
106-47-8
p Chloranilin.
0,1
1991
126-99-8
2-Chlor-1,3-butadiene
0,1
2761 *
57-74-9
5103-71-9
5103-74-2
5566-34-7
12789-03-6
Chlordan
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2761 *
143-50-0
Chlordecon
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2761 *
6164-98-3
Chlordim shape
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
19750-95-9
Chlordimeformhydrochloride
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1239
107-30-2
Chlordimethylether
0,1
115-28-6
Chlorendine acid
0,1
51594-55-9
( R ) -1-Chlor-2,3-epoxypropane
0,1
Chlorised C12 paraffins (approximately 60% chlorinated)
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
The one-man-Chlorined toluites :
1886
98-87-3
Benzalchloride
0,1
1738
100-44-7
Benzylchloride
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2226
98-07-7
Trichloromethylene benz
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1037
75-00-3
|
Chlorethan
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2232
107-20-0
2-Chlorethanal, look Chloracetaldehyde
13010-47-4
1-(2-Chlorethyl) -3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourinstof, see CCNU
1086
75-01-4
Chlorethylene, look.
Vinyl chloride
13909-09-6
1-(2-Chlorethyl) -3-(4-methylcyclohexyl) -1-nitrosourinstof, see 1-methyl-CCNU
1063
74-87-3
Chloromethane, see Methylchloride
1239
107-30-2
Chlormethylmetyether, look Chlordimetylether
513-37-1
1-Chlor-2-methylpropen
0,1
1578
100-00-5
|
1-Chlor-4-nitrobenzene
0,1
494-03-1
Chlornaphazine
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1888
67-66-3
Chloroform
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1991
126-99-8
Chloropren, se 2-Chlor-1,2-butadiene
54749-90-5
Chlorozotocin
0,1
150-68-5
3-(4-Chlorphenyl) -1,1-dimethylurea, see Monuron
140-41-0
3-(4-Chlorophenyl) -1,1-dimethylureonium trichloracetate, se Monuron-TCA
95-83-0
4 Chlorine o -phenylenediamine
0,1
4 Chlorine o -phenylenediamine, salts thereof ;
0,1
133855-98-8
|
cis-(. PM) -1-(3-(2-Chlorphenyl) -2-(4-fluorophenyl) oxiranyl) methyl) -1H-1,2,4-triazole
0,1
1897-45-6
Chlorthalonil
0,1
Rule 6 (6). 20,
Rule 7 (7) 2-4
The use of antifouling paint containing the substance as biocide.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
2239
95-69-2
4 Chlor-2-toluidin
0,1
3165-93-3
4-Chlor-2-toluidin hydrochloride
0,1
2761 *
6164-98-3
N | -(4-Chlor- o -Toll) N, N -Dimethylformamidin, look Chlordimeform.
19750-95-9
N | -(4-Chlor- o -Toll) N, N -dimethylformainine hydrochloride, se Chlordimeformhydrochloride
1760
n.o.s.
5216-25-1
|
1-Chlor-4-(trichloromethyl) benzene
0,1
84332-86-5
Chlozoolinate
0,1
Chromcompounds, hexavalent, including inter alia :
7789-09-5
Amnonium dichromate
0,1
Reg 7,
paragraph 1
Use
Bariumchromate
0,1
2291
n.o.s.
1344-37-2
1344-38-3
7758-97-6
12656-85-8
18454-12-1
Blychromate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
About-and recumulation of ships, containers, cranes and similar large structures. However, for repair butter, only reg is valid. 1-4
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
13765-19-0
Calcium chromate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
24613-89-6
Chrom (III) chromate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
4977-61-8
Chrom (VI) oxidioride chloride
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1758
14977-61-8
Chrom (VI) dichloride dioxide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1463
1333-82-0
Chromtrioxide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
7789-00-6
Potassium chromate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3288
7778-50-9
Potassium dichromate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
7775-11-3
Sodium chromate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1479
10588-01-9
Sodium dichromate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
7789-12-0
Sodium dichromate, dihydrate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
7789-06-2
Strontium chromate
0,1
Rustprotective paint and fugal mass
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
11103-86-9
13530-65-9
15930-94-6
Zinc chromate
0,1
Rule 6 (6). 1
The use of products in which the presence is required to obtain sufficient attachment of hard aluminium if there is a risk of aerosol formation. If there is no risk of aerosol formation, only regulation 1-4.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
Chromcompounds, other hexavalent connections
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
14977-61-8
Chrom (VI) dichloride dioxide, se chromium compounds, hexavalent
1758
14977-61-8
Chrom (VI) oxide chloride, se Chromcompounds, hexavalent (Chrom (VI)
dichloride dioxide)
1463
1333-82-0
Chromtrioxide, se Chromcompounds, hexavalent
117-10-2
Chrysazin, look at Dantron.
218-01-9
|
Chrysen
0,1
6459-94-5
CI Acid Red 114, see Azofarvestoffer (Acid Red 114)
569-61-9
CI Basic Red 9
0,1
|
CIB R634 with ELINCS no. 406-220-7
0,1
2429-74-5
CI Direct Blue 15 (Technical Quality), see Benzidin-based azofarvestoffer (Direct Blue 15)
2832-48-8
CI Disperse Yellow 3
0,1
59865-13-3
79217-60-0
Ciclosporin
0,1
842-07-9
CI Solvent Yellow 14, see 1-Phenylazo-2-naphthol
15663-27-1
Cisplatin
0,1
6358-53-8
Citrus Red No 2, see Azofarthrive (Solvent Red 80)
7440-48-4
Cobalt
0,1
See Cobalt-premixins, others
See Cobalt connections, others
7646-79-9
Cobalt dichloride
0,1
See Cobalt connections, others
See Cobalt connections, others
1307-96-6
Cobaltoxid
0,1
See Cobalt-premixins, others
See Cobalt connections, others
10124-43-3
Cobalt sulphate
0,1
See Cobalt connections, others
See Cobalt connections, others
1317-42-6
Cobalt sulfide
0,1
See Cobalt-premixins, others
See Cobalt connections, others
Cobalt connections, others
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Application of goods.
For the use of paints, pressure colors, etc. for content with <10% cobalt connection is only applicable to 1-4, as well as using metal alloys, plastgranules o.lign. applies to only 1-4.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
331-39-5
Coffeine acid
0,1
573-58-0
Congo Red, look Benzidinbased azofarvestoffer (Direct Red 28)
8001-58-9
Creosot with content to 0.1% benzene or 0.005% benzo (a) pyren.
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
8001-58-9
Creosot with content <0,1% benzene or <0,005% benzo (a) pyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
61789-28-4
70321-79-8
90640-84-9
90640-85-0
Creosotolie with content 0.1% benzene or 0.005% benzo (a) pyren.
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
61789-28-4
70321-79-8
90640-84-9
90640-85-0
Creosotolie with content <0,1% benzene or <0,005% benzo (a) pyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
120-71-8
p -Cresidin.
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
p -Cresidin, salts thereof.
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
14464-46-1
Christobalit, see Crystalline silica dioxide
14901-08-7
Cycasin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Cyclohexylamine, reaction product with acetophenon, formaldehyde, methanol and acetic acid, see Acetophenon, reactionary product with formaldehyde, cyclohexylamine, methanol and acetic acid
50-18-0
6055-19-2
Cyclophosphamide
0,1
60-11-7
D AB, se Azofarvestoffer (Solvent Yellow 2)
4342-03-4
Dacarbazine
0,1
1596-84-5
Daminozid
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
117-10-2
Dantron
0,1
20830-81-3
Daunomycin
0,1
2761 *
50-29-3
DDT
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
62-73-7
DDVP, see Dichlorvos
613-35-4
N, N | -Diacetylbenzidin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2303-16-4
Diallat
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
615-05-4
2,4-Diaminoanisol, see 4-Methoxy-1,3-benzeneamin
2,4-Diaminoanisol, salts thereof, see 4-Methoxy-1,3-benzenediamine, salts thereof
101-80-4
4.4 | -Diaminodiphenyl ether
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
4.4 | -Diaminodiphenyl ether, salts thereof ;
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2651
101-77-9
4.4 | Diaminodiphenylthane, look 4.4. | -Methylenediauline.
4.4 | Diaminodiphenylthane, salts thereof, see 4.4 | -Methylenediailine, salts thereof ;
1709
95-80-7
25376-45-8
Diaminotoluene
0,1
2,4-Diaminotoluene, salts thereof
0,1
2930 *
n.o.s.
119-90-4
|
o -Dianisidin.
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
o -Dianisidin, salts thereof.
0,1
o -Dianisidinated azostoffer, except as provided for in the environmental management list of dangerous substances without a classification as carcinogen,
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
334-88-3
Diazomethane
0,1
226-36-8
Dibenz ( a, h ) acridin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
224-42-0
Dibenz ( a, j ) acridin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
53-70-3
Dibenz ( a, h anthracene,
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
194-59-2
7 H-Dibenzo ( c, g ()
carbazol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
192-65-4
Dibenzo ( a, e () pyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
189-64-0
Dibenzo ( a, h ) pyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
189-55-9
Dibenzo ( a, i ) pyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
191-30-0
Dibenzo ( a, l ) pyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2872
96-12-8
|
1,2-Dibromo-3-chlorpropane
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1605
106-93-4
|
1,2-Dibromethane
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
6994-18-4
2,2-Dibromo-2-nitroethanol
0,1
96-13-9
2,3-Dibrom-1-propanol
924-16-3
N, N -Dibutylnitrosoamine, look. N -Nitrosodibutylamine
7572-29-4
Dichloracetylene
0,1
2303-16-4
S -2,3-Dichlorallydiisopropylthiocarbamate, look at Diallat.
3077
n.o.s.
106-46-7
|
p -Dichlorobenzene
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3077
n.o.s.
2811 *
n.o.s.
91-94-1
|
3.3 | -Dichloroblegzidin.
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3.3 | -Dichlorobzidin, salts thereof
0,1
1993
n.o.s.
764-41-0
1,4-Dichloro-2-Buten
0,1
28434-86-8
3.3 | -Dichloro-4.4 | -Diaminodiphenyl ether
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3.3 | -Dichloro-4.4 | -diaminodiphenyl ether, salts thereof ;
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1916
111-44-4
2,2 | Dichlorodiethylether
0,1
2761 *
50-29-3
Dichlordiphenyltrichlorethan, see DDT
1184
107-06-2
|
1,2-Dichlorethan
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1303
75-35-4
1,1-Dichlorethen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
7572-29-4
Dichloroethyn, see Dichloracetylene
1593
75-09-2
Dichloromethane
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
51-75-2
2,2 | -Dichlor. N -methyl diethylamine
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
126-85-2
2,2 | -Dichlor. N -methyl diethylamine- N -oxide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
36734-19-7
3-(3.5-Dichlorophenyl)- N -isopropyl-2,4-dioxoimodazolidin-1-carboxamide, see Iprodion
50471-44-8
N -(3.5-Dichlorophenyl) -5-methyl-5-vinyl -5-vinyl -1,3-oxazolidin-2,4-dion, se Vinclozolin
1836-75-5
2,4-Dichlorophenyl-4-nitrophenylether, se Nitrofen
112281-77-3
2-(2,4-Dichlorophenyl) -3-(1 H -1,2,4-triazol-1-yl) propyl-1,2,2-tetrafluoroethylether, se tetraconazole
2750
96-23-1
|
1,3-Dichloro-2-propanol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2047
542-75-6
10061-01-5
10061-02-6
|
1,3-Dichloroprope (technical item)
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1886
98-87-3
The, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the-
2783 *
62-73-7
(2,2-Dichlorovinyl)
Dimethyl phospate,
se Dichlorvos
2783 *
62-73-7
Dichlorvos
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2995 *
60-57-1
Dieldrin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1464-53-5
Diepoxybutan
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1202 *
Diesel fuel diesel fuel engines
0,1
1116-54-7
N, N Diethanolnitrosoamine, look. N -Nitrosodiethanolamine
2922
88-10-8
Diethylcarbamoylchloride
0,1
1615-80-1
1,2-Diethylhydrazine
0,1
55-18-5
N, N -Diethylnitrosoamine, se N -Nitrosodiethylamine
56-53-1
Diethylstalstrol
0,1
1594
64-67-5
Diethylsulphate
0,1
101-90-6
Diglycidylresorcinolether
0,1
23246-96-0
|
13,19-Dihydro-12,18-dihydroxysenecionan-11,16-dion, see Riddelliine
85136-74-9
1,2-Dihydro-6-hydroxy-1-(3-isopropoxypropyl) -4-methyl-2-oxo-5-[ 4-(phenylazo) phenylazo ]
Pyridin-3-carbonitrile
0,1
602-87-9
1,2-Dihydro-5-nitroacenaphtyle, see 5-Nitroacenaphten
94-58-6
Dihydrosafrol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
117-10-2
1.8-Dihydroxyanthraquinon, look at Dantron
331-39-5
3,4-Dihydroxykeroic acid, se Coffeine acid
794-93-4
Dihydroxymethylfuratrizine
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
114565-66-1
4-(4-(1.4-(1,3-Dihydroxyprop-2-yl)-phenylamino) -1,8-dihydroxy-5-nitroanthraquinon
0,1
2078
584-84-9
2,4-Diisocyanattole ole
0,1
2078
91-08-7
26471-62-5
2,6-Diisocyanattole ole
0,1
2973-10-6
Diisopropylsulphate
0,1
2930 *
n.o.s.
119-90-4
3.3 | -Dimethoxybenzidin, look. o -Dianisidin.
3.3 | -Dimethoxybenzidin, salts of that, look. o -Dianisidin, salts thereof.
6358-53-8
1-((2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)
-azo) -2-naphthol, se Azofarvestoffer (Solvent Red 80)
60-11-7
p -Dimethylaminoazobenzene, se Azofarvestoffer (Solvent Yellow 2)
55738-54-0
trans -2- ((Dimethyl-amino) methylimino)-
5-(2-(5-nitro-2-furyl) vinyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
87-62-7
2,6-Dimethylanilin, see 2,6-Xylidin
0,1
2253
121-69-7
N, N -Dimethylanilin
0,1
|
N, N -Dimethylanilinium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate with ELINCS-nr. 422-050-6
0,1
57-97-6
7,12 -Dimethylbenz ( a () anthrac
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2930
n.o.s.
119-93-7
3.3 | Dimethylbenzidin, look. o Tolidin.
3.3 | -Dimethylbenzidin, salts of that, look. o -Tolidin, salts thereof.
2262
79-44-7
Dimethylcarbamoyl-chloride
0,1
2956
81-15-2
|
1-(1,1-Dimethylethyl) -3,5-dimethyl-2,4,6-trinitrobenzene
0,1
1163
57-14-7
1,1-Dimethylhydrazine
0,1
2382
540-73-8
1,2-Dimethylhydrazine
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
62-75-9
N, N -Dimethylnitrosoamin, se N -Nitrosodimethylamine
1760 *
n.o.s.
13360-57-1
Dimethylsulfaylchloride
0,1
1595
77-78-1
Dimethylsulphate
0,1
573-58-0
Disodium 3,3 | -
((1.1 | -Biphenyl) -4,4, | -diylbis (azo)) bis (4-aminonaphthalen-1-sulfonate, se Benzidinbased azofarvestoffer (Direct Red 28)
105735-71-5
3.7-Dinitroflouranthen
0,1
22506-53-2
3.9-Dinitroflouranthen
0,1
42397-64-8
1,6-Dinitropyren
0,1
42397-65-9
1,8-Dinitropyren
0,1
2038
121-14-2
602-01-7
606-20-2
610-39-9
618-85-9
619-15-8
25321-14-6
Dinitrotoluene
0,1
1165
123-91-1
1,4-Dioxan
95-100
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use of dioxin (as technical item) 95-100%
0,1
Rule 6 (6). 2-4
Other Usage
621-64-7
N, N -Dipropylnitrosoamine, se N -Nitrosodipropylamine
1937-37-7
Direct Black 38 (Technical Item), see Benzidin Based azofarvestoffer
2602-46-2
Direct Blue 6 (Technical Item), see Benzidin Based azofarvestoffer
72-57-1
Direct Blue 14 (Technical Item), see Benzidin Based azofarvestoffer
16071-86-6
Direct Brown 95 (Technical Item), see Benzidin Based azofarvestoffer
573-58-0
Direct Red 28, see Benzidin based colours
2475-45-8
Disperse Blue 1
0,1
3077
n.o.s.
330-54-1
|
Diuron
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
E Dicacious, reaction product with acetophenon, cyclohexylamine, formaldehyde and methanol, se Acetophenon, reactionary product with formaldehyde, cyclohexylamine, methanol and acetic acid
2023
106-89-8
Epichlorhydrin
0,1
3022
106-88-7
|
1,2 Epoxybutan
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2023
106-89-8
2,3-Epoxy-1-chlorpropane, se Epichlorhydrin
96-09-3
(Epoxyethyl) benzene, se Styrenoxid
2810
556-52-5
2,3-Epoxy-1-propanol
0,1
57044-25-4
( R ) -2,3-Epoxypropan-1-ol, see R -Glycidol
12510-42-8
Erionite
0,1
66733-21-9
Erionite fibres
0,1
81-14-1
|
Ethanon, 1-(4 (1,1-dimethylethyl) -2,6-dimethyl-3,5-dinitrophenyl),
0,1
57-63-6
Ethinyleverstradiol
0,1
1917
140-88-5
Ethyl acrylate
0,1
1175
100-41-4
Ethylbenzene
0,1
2991 *
51-79-6
Ethylcarbamate, se Urethan
84332-86-5
Ethyl ( RS ) -3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl) -5-methyl-2,4-dioxooxazolidin-5-carboxylate, se Chlozolinate
106-93-4
Ethyl dibromide, se 1,2-Dibromethane
1184
107-06-2
Ethyl dichloroid, se 1,2-Dichlorethan
1185
151-56-4
Ethylenimin
0,1
1040
75-21-8
|
Ethylene oxide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2212-67-1
|
S-Ethylhexahydroazepin-1-carbothioate
0,1
62-50-0
Ethyl methane sulphonate
0,1
10595-95-6
N, N -Ethylmethylnitrosoamin, se N -Nitrosoethylmethylamine
2593-15-9
Etridiazole
0,1
85509-19-9
F lusilazole
0,1
133-07-3
Folpet
0,1
In the case of the use of paint, etc. apply only to 1-4.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
1198 *
2209
50-00-0
|
Formaldehyde
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1,
Cleaning agents. Disinfectants.
≥ 1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Paint, varying, lime, vandalism, pressure colors, etc.
≥ 1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
Formaldehyde, reaction product with acetophenon, cyclohexylamine, methanol and formaldehyde, se Acetophenon, reactionary product with formaldehyde, cyclohexylamine, methanol, and acetic acid
3570-75-0
2-(2-Formylhydrazino) -4-(5-nitro-2-furyl) thiazol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
116355-83-0
|
Fumonisin B 1
0,1
2389
110-00-9
Furan
0,1
1199
98-01-1
Furfural
0,1
60568-05-0
Furmecyclox
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3688-53-7
2-(2-Furyl) -3-(5-nitro-2-furyl) acrylamide, se AF-2
Firstsolids, heavy duty. 4 to Grad # 6)
0,1
64741-57-7
64742-59-2
64742-86-5
68527-18-4
68783-08-4
85117-03-9
92045-29-9
97926-59-5
G asoolies defined by EINECS number 271-260-2, 285-55-9, 265-189-6, 308-278-8, 265-162-9, 295-411-7, 272-184-2 and 265-058-3
0,1
Glass-fibre fibres, see Synthetic mineral fibres
67730-11-4
Glu-P-1
0,1
67730-10-3
Glu-P-2
0,1
2622
765-34-4
Glycidaldehyde
0,1
57044-25-4
R -Glycidol
0,1
|
S-Glyto with ELINCS no. 417-210-7
0,1
126-07-8
Pig of pig wine
0,1
16568-02-8
Gyromitrin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2784-94-3
H C Blue No 1
0,1
2761
319-84-6
319-85-7
319-86-8
608-73-1
6108-10-7
HCH, with the exception of Lindan
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2761
76-44-8
Heptachlor
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1024-57-3
Heptachlorepoxid
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2729
118-74-1
Hexachlorbenzene
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2761 *
319-84-6
319-85-7
319-86-8
608-73-1
6108-10-7
1,2,3,4,5,6-Hexachlorcyclohexane, se HCH
2995 *
60-57-1
1,2,3,4,10,10-Hexachlor-6,7-epoxy-1,4, 4a, 5,6,7,8, 8a-octahydro-1,4- exo -5.8 -- endo -Dimethanaphthalen, look Dieldrin
67-72-1
Hexaclorethan
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
309-00-2
1,2,3,4,10,10-Hexachlor-1,4, 4a, 5,8, 8a-Hexahydro-1,4- endo -5.8 -- exo -Dimethanaphthalen, look Aldrin
680-31-9
Hexamethylphosphortriamid
0,1
84-16-2
Hexestrol
0,1
2029
302-01-2
|
Hydrazine
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Hydrazine, salts thereof
0,1
148434-03-1
|
Hydrazinbis (3-carboxy-4-hydroxybenzenesulfonate)
0,1
Hydrazine (increitromethane)
0,1
122-66-7
Hydrazobenzen
0,1
2662
123-31-9
Hydroquinone
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2832-40-8
N -[ 4-[ (2-Hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) azo ] phenyl ] acetamide, se CI Disperse Yellow 3
148434-03-1
Hydrozinbis (3-carboxy-4-hydroxybenzensulfornat)
0,1
193-39-5
I ndeno (1,2,3-cd) pyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2644
74-88-4
Iodmethane, see Methyliodid
36734-19-7
Iprodion
0,1
76180-96-6
IQ
0,1
Isobutan containing the 0.1%% 1,3-butadiene
0,1
2351
542-56-3
|
IsobutyInitrit
≥ 1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Painting, paints, lime etc
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
78-59-1
|
Isophoron
0,1
1218
78-79-5
Isopren
0,1
34123-59-6
Isoproturon
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
120-58-1
Isosafrol
0,1
9004-66-4
J ern-dextran
0,1
1484
7758-01-2
K aliombromate
0,1
7789-00-6
Potassium chromate, see Chromcompounds, hexavalent
7778-50-9
Potassium dichromate, see Chromcompounds, hexavalent
7778-73-6
Potassium perchlorophenolate, se Pentachlophenol, salts thereof
2761 *
143-50-0
Kepone, look Chlordecon.
Ceramic fibres, se Synthetic mineral fibres
143390-89-0
Kreoxim-methyl
0,1
Crystalline silica dioxide, including inter alia :
2,0
Respirational crystallic
14464-46-1
Cristobalit
2,0
Silicon dioxide and
14808-60-7
CIs-Quartz
2,0
stabilisting materials,
15468-32-3
Tridymite
2,0
with content thereto
1317-95-9
Tripoli
2,0
covered.
14808-60-7
Cvarts, see Crystalline silicon dioxins
Kulamerged substances :
8007-45-2
65996-89-6
65996-90-0
101316-84-1
Kulamerged substances classified as Carc1, cf. List of dangerous substances, including culaids defined at EINECS numings 309-886-6, 232-361-7, 266-024-0 and 266-025-6
0,1
65996-93-2
84650-02-2
90640-86-1
Kulamerged substances not mentioned elsewhere in this Annex, which contain the benzene or 0,005% of benzene (0.005%) benzo ( a The pyren and / or are classified as Carc2, cf. The list of dangerous substances and the culaged substances defined by the EINECS number 266-028-2, 283-482-7, and 292-607-4.
0,1
Other stenkulants, including stenkulstealing pitch, distillates with kp > 200ºC, other than the naphthalen (CAS.No 91-20-3) and not mentioned elsewhere in this Annex
0,1
303-34-4
L Asiocarpin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
330-55-2
Linuron
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
M agenta containing CI Basic Red 9
0,1
68006-83-7
MeA-nuc
0,1
71-58-9
Medroxyprogesteronacetate
0,1
77094-11-2
MeIQ
0,1
77500-04-0
MeIQx
0,1
148-82-3
Melphalan
0,1
531-76-0
Merphalan
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
72-33-3
Mestranol
0,1
548-62-9
|
Methanaminium, N -(4-(bis (4-(dimethylamino) phenyl) methylene) -2,5-cyclohexadien-1-yliden)- N -Methyl, chloroid.
0,1
Methanol, reaction product with acetophenon, cyclohexylamine, formaldehyde and acetic acid, see Acetophenon, reactionary product with formaldehyde, cyclohexylamine, methanol and acetic acid.
2431
90-04-0
o -Methoxyanilin, look. o -Anisidin.
615-05-4
4-Methoxy-1,3-benzenediamine
0,1
614-94-8
39156-41-7
4-Methoxy-1,3-benzenediamine, salts thereof
0,1
484-20-8
5-Methoxypsoralen
0,1
298-81-7
8-Methoxypsoralen and UV irradiation,
0,1
77402-05-2
Methylacrylamidoglycolat (containing 0,1% acrylamide)
0,1
77402-03-0
Methylacrylamidomethoxyacetate (containing 0,1% acrylamide)
0,1
106-49-0
4-Methylanin, see p -Toluidin
1912
75-55-8
2-Methylaziridin, watch Propylenimin
590-96-5
Methylazoxymethanol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
592-62-1
(Methylazoxymethyl)
acetate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
592-62-1
(Methyl) ONN -azoxy)
methyl acetate, see (Methyl)
azoxymethyl) acetate
3077
n.o.s.
10605-21-7
|
Methylbenzimidazol-2-yl-carbamate, se Carbendazim
13909-09-6
1-Methyl-CCNU
0,1
1063
74-87-3
Methylchloride
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
56-49-5
3-Methylcholanthren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3697-24-3
5-Methylchrysen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
101-14-4
4.4 | Methylenbis (2-chloraniine)
0,1
4.4 | -Methylenebis (2-chloroniinine), salts thereof ;
0,1
101-61-1
|
4.4 | -Methylenebis ( N, N -Dimethylanilin)
0,1
19900-65-3
4.4 | -Methylenebis (2-ethylanilin)
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
838-88-0
4.4 | -Methylenebis (2-methylanilin)
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
4.4 | -Methylenebis (2-methylanilin), salts thereof ;
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1593
75-09-2
Methylenchloride,
se Dichloromethane
2651
101-77-9
4.4 | -Methylenediauline.
0,1
In paint for the repair of chemical tanks.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
4.4 | -Methylenediailine, salts thereof ;
0,1
838-88-00
4.4 | -Methylend-o-o-toluiyours, see 4.4 | -Methylenebis (2-methylanilin)
2644
74-88-4
Methyliodid
0,1
Methyl mercury compounds, including inter alia :
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
115-09-3
Methylmercury chloride
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
66-27-3
Methylmethyl methane sulphonate
0,1
143390-89-0
Methyl-( E ) -2-methoxyimino-2-( o -tolyloxymethyl) phenyl) acetate, se Kresoxim-methyl
2660
99-55-8
|
2-Methyl-5-nitroanilin
0,1
129-15-7
2-Methyl-1-nitroanthraquinone
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
70-25-7
N -Methyl- N | -nitro- N -nitrosoguanidin.
0,1
60153-49-3
3-(Methylnitrosamino)
propionitril, se MNPN
64091-91-4
4-( N -Methyl- N -nitrosoamino) -1-(3-pyridyl) -1-butanon, look at Nk.
1280
75-56-9
Methyloxiran, see 1,2-Propylene oxide
1709
95-80-7
4-Methyl. m -phenylenediamine, se 2,4-Diaminotoluene
56-04-2
Methylthiouracil
0,1
4549-40-0
N, N -Methylvinylnitrosoamine, se N -Nitrosomethylvinylamine
443-48-1
Metronidazole
0,1
2385-85-5
Mirex
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
50-07-7
Mitomycin C
0,1
60153-49-3
MNPN
0,1
101-14-4
MOCA, see 4.4 | Methylenbis (2-chloraniine)
315-22-0
Monocrotalin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
150-68-5
Monuron
0,1
For use in content < 5% as a catalytic converter and / or biocide in epoxy products, only 1-4.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
140-41-0
Monuron-TCA
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
MOPP and other combined chemotherapy including alkylating compounds (nitrogen, mustard gas, vincristin, procarbazin and prednison)
15159-40-7
4-Morpholinocarbamoylchloride
0,1
139-91-3
5-(Morpholinomethyl) -3-((5-nitrofurfuryliden)-amino) -2-oxazolidinon
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1203
Motor petrol
For refueling and the repair and maintenance of petrol engines, etc. only applies to regulation 1-4.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
55-98-1
Myleran
0,1
3771-19-5
N afenopin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
91-20-3
|
Naphthalen
10.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
0,1-10
842-07-9
2-Naphthalenol, 1-(phenylazo), see 1-Phenylazo-2-naphthol
64742-68-3
64742-69-4
64742-75-2
64742-76-3
Naphthalum oil with content 3% DMSO extract
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
64742-68-3
64742-69-4
64742-75-2
64742-76-3
Naphthali oil with content <3% DMSO ext.
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1650
91-59-8
2-Naphthylamine
0
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2-Naphthylamine, salts thereof
0
Rule 7 (7) 1
The prohibition shall not apply where the substance is present in a substance or material in the form of impurities, by-products or as a component of waste products and the concentration of the substance is less than 0,1%. Risk assessment is only current when use is allowed.
2243-62-1
1,5-Naphthylenediamine
0,1
86-88-4
1-(1-Naphthyl) -2-thiourinstof, see Antu
132-27-4
Sodium biphenyl-2-yloxid, se Natrium salt of o -phenylphenol
7775-11-3
Sodium chromate to, see Chromcompounds, hexavalent
10588-01-9
Sodium dichromate, se Chromcompounds, hexavalent
7789-12-0
Sodium dichromate, dihydrate, watch Chromcompounds, hexavalent
573-58-0
Sodium diphenyldiazobis (non-naphyl aminosulfonate), see Benzidin-based azofarvestoffer (Direct Red 28)
131-52-2
Sodium perchlorophenolate, se Pentachlorophenol, salts thereof
57-30-7
Sodium penhenobarbital
0,1
132-27-4
|
Sodium salt of
o -phenylphenol
≥ 1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
0,1-1
1378
7440-02-0
Nickel
0,1
Use as powder / stabilisable form.
Rule 6 (6). 6
Welding and cutting in stainless steel and grinding ties to that purpose. Metal alloys are only covered by regulation 1-4
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
3333-67-3
Non-carbon carbonate
0,1
Look.
Nickel,
other connections
See Nickel, other connections
1259
13463-39-3
Nickel carbonyl
0,1
Look.
Nickel, other connections
See Nickel, other connections
12054-48-7
Nickdihydroxide
0,1
See Nickel, other connections
See Nickel, other connections
12035-36-8
Non-dioxin dioxide
0,1
The use of catalytic converters.
Reg 7,
paragraph 1
Other Usage
1313-99-1
Nikkeloxid
0,1
The use of catalytic converters.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
12035-72-2
Nickel Subsulfide
0,1
The use of catalytic converters.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
7786-81-4
Nickel sulphate
0,1
Look.
Nickel, other premiinings
See Nickel, other connections
16812-54-7
Nickel sulphide
0,1
The use of catalytic converters.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
12137-08-5
Nickel (I) sulfid
0,1
Look.
Nickel, other connections
See Nickel, other connections
1314-06-3
Nichrow trioxide
0,1
The use of catalytic converters.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
Nickel, other connections
0,1
The use of catalytic converters.
Use as powder / stabilisable form.
Use of malegoods, pressure colours, etc.
Reg 7,
paragraph 1
Other Usage
61-57-4
Niridazole
0,1
139-13-9
5064-31-3
10042-84-9
15467-20-6
18662-53-8
18994-66-6
23255-03-0
Nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA) and its sodium salts
0,1
Work processes using materials such as Cleaning in Place products, machine dishes or liquefied clothing products containing 10% or less of the NTA or its sodium salts are not covered by this section where the use is carried out ; closed installations with automatic dosage.
602-87-9
5-Nitroacenaphthen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2730
91-23-6
2-Nitroanisol
0,1
1662
98-95-3
Nitrobenzene
0,1
92-93-3
4-Nitrobiphenyl
0
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
The prohibition shall not apply where the substance is present in a substance or material in the form of impurities, by-products or as a component of waste products and the concentration of the substance is less than 0,1%.
7496-02-8
6-Nitrochrysen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2780 *
1836-75-5
Nitrofen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
607-57-8
2-Nitrofluoren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
555-84-0
1-((5-Nitrofurfuryliden) amino)-2-imi-dazolidinon
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
531-82-8
N -(4-(5-Nitro-2-furyl) -2-thiazolyl) acetamide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
51-75-2
Nitrogen mustard gas, se 2,2 | -Dichlor. N -methyl diethylamine
126-85-2
Nitrogen mustard gas N -Oxy, look at 2,2. | -Dichlor. N -methyl diethylamine- N -oxide
1261
75-52-5
Nitromethane
0,1
581-89-5
2-Nitronaphthalen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2608
79-46-9
2-Nitropropane
0,1
5522-43-0
1-Nitropyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
57835-92-4
4-Nitropyren
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
56-57-5
4-Nitroquinolin- N -oxide
0,1
924-16-3
N -Nitrosodibutylamine
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1116-54-7
N -Nitrosodiethanolamine
0,1
1602 *
55-18-5
N -Nitrosodiethylamine
0,1
62-75-9
N -Nitrosodimethylamine
0,1
621-64-7
N -Nitrosodipropylamine
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
10595-95-6
N -Nitrosoethylmethylamine
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
759-73-9
N -Nitroso- N -ethylurinstof
0,1
615-53-2
N -Nitroso- N -methylethylcarbamate
0,1
615-53-2
N -Nitroso- N -methylurethan, look. N -Nitroso- N -methylethylcarbamate
684-93-5
N -Nitroso- N -methylurea
0,1
4549-40-0
N -Nitrosomethylvinylamine
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
59-89-2
N -Nitrosomorpholin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
16543-55-8
N | -Nitrosonornicotine.
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
100-75-4
N -Nitrosopiperidin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
930-55-2
N -Nitrosopyrrolidin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
13256-22-9
N -Nitrososarcosin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
64091-91-4
NNK (nicotine-derived nitrosoaminoketone)
0,1
68-22-4
Norethisterone
0,1
Norethynodrel and estrogens
0,1
303-47-9
O chratoxin A
0,1
2761 *
57-74-9
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,8-Octachlor-3a, 4,7, 7a-tetrahydro-4,7-methanoinane, se Chlordan
2646-17-5
Oil Orange SS, se Azofarvestoffer (Solvent orange 2)
64741-50-0
64741-51-1
64741-52-2
64741-53-3
64742-18-3
64742-19-4
64742-20-7
64742-21-8
64742-27-4
64742-28-5
64742-34-3
64742-35-4
Oil-fleated substances classified as Carc1, including oil merged substances defined by EINECS number 265-136-7, 265-128-3, 265-135-1, 265-127-8, 265-053-6, 265-051-5, 265-118-9, 265-117-3, 265-119-4, 265-054-1 and 265-054-1 and 265-052-0, cf. The list of dangerous substances for the environment, except as provided for in this Annex,
0,1
Oil-fleshed substances containing the 0.1% benzene, 0.1% of the buta-1,3-diene, 3% DMSO extract or 0.005% benzo ( a The pyren and / or are classified as Carc2, cf. The list of dangerous substances for the environment, except as provided for in this Annex,
0,1
Oil-fleshed substances classified as Carc3, cf. The list of dangerous substances for the environment, except as provided for in this Annex,
0,1
604-75-1
Oxazepan
0,1
84332-86-5
5-Oxazolidincarboxyyllic, 3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl) -5-methyl-2,4-dioxo-, ethyl ester, (. +-.)-, see Chlozolinate
1040
75-21-8
Oxiran, see Etylenoxide
P analygorskit (attpulgit) fibres (> 5μm)
0,1
794-93-4
Panfuran S, see Dihydroxymethylfuratrizine
13654-09-6
27753-52-2
27858-07-7
36355-01-8
59080-40-9
59536-65-1
67774-32-7
PBB, look at Polybrated biphenyls.
1336-36-3
PCBs, see Polychlorinated biphenyls
1669
76-01-7
Pentachlorethan
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3155
87-86-5
Pentachlorophenol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Pentachlorophenol, salts thereof
0,1
62-44-2
Phenacetin
0,1
136-40-3
Phenazopyridin
Hydrochloride
0,1
50-06-6
Phenobarbital
0,1
59-96-1
Phenoxybenzamin hydrochloride
0,1
842-07-9
1-Phenylazo-2-naphthol, se Azofarvestoffer (Solvent Yellow 14)
1673
95-54-5
o -Phenylenediamine
615-28-1
o -Phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
0,1
122-60-1
Phenylglycidylether
0,1
2572
100-63-0
Phenylhydrazine
0,1
27140-08-5
Phenylhydrazine, hydrochloride
0,1
59-88-1
Phenylhydrazinium chloride
0,1
52033-74-6
Phenylhydrazinium sulphate (2: 1)
0,1
135-88-6
N -Phenyl-2-naphthylamine
0,1
132-27-4
o Phenylphenol, Na salt, se sodium salt of o-phenylphenol
57-41-0
630-93-3
Phenytoin and its sodium salt
0,1
105650-23-5
PhIP
0,1
13654-09-6
27753-52-2
27858-07-7
36355-01-8
59080-40-9
59536-65-1
67774-32-7
Polybrated biphenyls
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1336-36-3
Polychlorinated biphenyls
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2761 *
8001-35-2
Polychlorinated camperis
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
3761-53-3
Ponceau MX, se Azofarvestoffer (Acid red 26)
3564-09-8
Ponceau 3R, se Azofarvestoffer
366-70-1
Procarbazine hydrochloride
0,1
57-83-0
Progesterone
0,1
1120-71-4
1,3-Propansulton
0,1
116355-83-0
|
1,2,3-Propantricarboxylic acid, 1,1 | -[ 1-(12-Amino-1,9, 11-trihydroxy-2-methyltridecyl) -2-(1-metylpentyl) -1,2-ethandiyl ] ester, see Fulmonisin B 1
139-40-2
Propazin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2074
79-06-1
2-Propenamimide, se
Acrylamide
1917
140-88-5
2-Propenssyreethylester, see Ethylacrylate
57-57-8
be-Propiolacton
0,1
1912
75-55-8
Propylenimin
0,1
1280
75-56-9
1,2-Propylene oxide
0,1
2122-19-2
Propylenthiourinstof
0,1
51-52-5
Propylthiouracil
0,1
23950-58-5
Propyzamide
0,1
120-80-9
Pyrocatechol
0,1
14859-67-7
R adon-222
0,1
101-90-6
Resorcinoldiglylycidylether, see Diglycidylresorcinolether
23246-96-0
|
Riddelliine
0,1
64742-03-6
64742-04-7
64742-05-8
64742-11-6
91995-78-7
Raw oil distillate, aromatic extracts thereof, see Aromatic extracts of crude oil distillates
94-59-7
S afrol
0,1
Sequence on tablets
505-60-2
Sennepsgas, se Bis (2-chloroethyl) sulfide
Silicon dioxide, crystalline, see Crystalline silicon dioxins
122-34-9
Simazin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
68308-34-9
Slate oil
0,1
synthetic fibres, vision synthetic mineral fibres
Painkillers with phenacetin
Sod
164058-22-4
|
Solaminlichtblau VRGL 133
0,1
2646-17-5
|
Solvent orange 2, see Azofarvestoffer
6358-53-8
|
Solvent Red 80, see Azofarvestoffer
3143
60-09-3
|
Solvent Yellow 1, see Azofarvestoffer
60-11-7
Solvent Yellow 2, see Azofarvestoffer
3143
97-56-3
Solvent Yellow 3, see Azofarvestoffer
Stenkulstealing products, including stenkulstealing pitch, distillates with kp > 200º C, but other than the naphthalen (CAS.nr .91-20-3), see Kulamerged substances
0,1
Stone-textile fibres, se synthetic mineral fibres
0,1
10048-13-2
Sterigmatocystin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
18883-66-4
Streptozotocin
0,1
7789-06-2
Strontiumchromate, see Chromcompounds, hexavalent
2055
100-42-5
Styren
0,1
Rule 6 (6). 20
Rule 6 (6). 6,
Rule 6 (6). 8,
Reg 6, paragraph 6. 14,
Rule 7 (7) 2-4
All materials. The feral polyester is not covered.
Polyester mold.
2810
n.o.s
1993 *
96-09-3
Styrenoxid
0,1
2772
95-06-7
Sulfallate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Welder Smoke
0,1
|
Synthetic mineral fibres :
Ceramic fibres
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
Synthetic mineral fibres :
Mineral wool as a glass of fibre, lax fibres and stone-fibre fibres classified as Carc3, cf. The list of dangerous substances for the environment
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Work processes, resulting in respisation of synthetic mineral fibres, are covered by this section
|
T -271 with ELINCS no. 417-980-4
0,1
|
T-69 with ELINCS no. 414-770-4
0,1
Talc with asbestos in the form of fibres
Asbestos, see Appendix 2.
10540-29-1
Tamoxifen
0,1
1746-01-6
TCDD
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
58-22-0
481-30-1
Testosterone and its esters
0,1
2475-45-8
1,4,5,8-Tetraamino-9,10-anthracendion, see Disperse Blue 1
1746-01-6
2,3,7, 8 Tetrachlordibenzo- p -dioxin, look at the TCDD.
1897
127-18-4
Tetrachlorethen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1897
127-18-4
Tetrachlorenthylene, se Tetrachlorethen
1897-45-6
Tetrachlorisophthalonitrile se Chlorthalonil
1846
56-23-5
Tetrachlorocarbon, see Tetrachloromethane
1846
56-23-5
Tetrachloromethane
0,1
For the use of materials in which the substance is found as the residue of chlorine Caucasian in a quantity of less than 0,2%, only 1 to 4 shall apply.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
112281-77-3
Tetraconazole
0,1
116-14-3
|
Tetrafluoroethylene
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1510
509-14-8
Tetranitromethane
0,1
62-55-5
Thioacetamide
0,1
139-65-1
4.4 | -Thiodianilin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
4.4 | -Thiodianilin, salts thereof
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
52-24-4
Thiotepa
0,1
141-90-2
Thiouracil
0,1
3077
n.o.s.
62-56-6
|
Thiourinstof
≥ 5
Rule 7 (7) 1
Tancages, poles and other care facilities and other special cleaning products
> 1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
Tobacco smoke
Raisins from Fusarium moniliforms
2811 *
n.o.s.
119-93-7
|
o Tolidin.
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
o -Tolidin, salts thereof.
0,1
65321-67-7
Toluene 2,4-diammonium sulphate
0,1
2078
91-08-7
584-84-9
26471-62-5
2,4-and 2,6-Toluendiiocyanate, se 2,4-and 2,6-Diisocyanattole ole
1708
95-53-4
o -Toluidin
0,1
o -Toluidin, salts thereof
0,1
1708
106-49-0
p -Toluidin
0,1
2646-17-5
1-( o -Tolylazo) -2-naphthol, se Azofarvestoffer (Solvent Orange 2)
97-56-3
4-( o -Tolylazo)-o-toluidin, se Azofarvestoffer
8001-35-2
Toxaph, look at Polychlorinated camperas.
299-75-2
Treohan
0,1
126-73-8
|
Tributylphosphate
0,1
2761 *
50-29-3
1,1,1-Trichloro-2,2-bis ( p -Chlorophenyl) eththan, see DDT
2431-50-7
2,3,4-Trichlorobut-1-one
0,1
3082
79-00-5
|
1,1,2-Trichlorethan
0,1
1710
79-01-6
Trichlorethen
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1710
79-01-6
Trichloroethylene, se Trichlorethen
1888
67-66-3
Trichloromethane, look Chloroform
817-09-4
Trichloromein
0,1
2226
98-07-7
Trichloromethylene benzene, look at the Chlorised toluites.
2020
2811 *
n.o.s.
88-06-2
|
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2810
n.o.s.
96-18-4
|
1,2,3-Trichlorpropane
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2226
98-07-7
The, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the ...
15468-32-3
Tridymine, see Crystalline silica dioxide
|
Triethylarsenate with ELINCS no. 427-700-2
0,1
2451-62-9
Triglycidylisocyanurate
0,1
137-17-7
|
2,4,5-Trimethylanilin
0,1
21436-97-5
|
2,4,5-Trimethylanilinium chloride
0,1
4058-22-4
|
Trinatrium-[ 4 | -(8-acetylamino-3,6-disulphono-2-naphthylazo) -4 | | -(6-Benylamino-3-sulphonato-2-naphthylazo)-biphenyl-1,3 | , 3. | | , 1 | | | -tetraolato-0,0 | , 0 | | , 0 | | | ] Copper (II), see Solaminlichtblau VRGL 133
12607-70-4
Trinicchback hydroxide hydroxide
0,1
Look.
Nickel, other connections
See Nickel, other connections
12035-72-2
Trinictorchdisulfide, se Nihunsubsulfid
900-95-8
|
Triphenyltinacetate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
76-87-9
|
Triphenyltinhydroxide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1317-95-9
Tripoli, see Crystalline silica dioxide
52-24-4
Tris (1-aziridinyl) phosphinsulfid, se Thiotepa
115-96-8
|
Tris (2-chloroethyl) phosphate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
126-72-7
Tris (2,3-dibrompropyl)
phospate
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
59653-74-6
1,3,5-Tris [ (2 S and 2 R -2,3-epoxypropyl ] -1,3,5-triazine 2,4,6-(1 H , 3. H , 5 H )-Trion
2451-62-9
1,3,5-Tris (oxiranylmethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-
2,4,6 (1 H , 3. H , 5 H )-trion, se triglycidylisocyanurate
62450-06-0
Trp-P-1
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
62450-07-1
Trp-P-2
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
72-57-1
Trypan blue (technical product), see Benzidin-based azofarvestoffer (Direct Blue 14)
0,1
Wood dust (high concentrations over time)
Wood dust from onion wood
U Dust gases derived from benzine engines, condensates and extracts ;
Exhaust gases from diesel engines, total fraction and extracts of particle fraction
66-75-1
Unracil mustard gas
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
15545-48-9
|
Urea. N | -(3-chloro-4-methylphenyl)- N, N -Dimethyl-
0,1
2991 *
51-79-6
Urethan
0,1
|
V enetzer TMAG
0,1
166242-53-1
|
UVCB condensation product : Tetrakishydroxymethylphosphonium chloride, uninsmatter and distilled C distilled C 16-18 -talg-alkylamine
0,1
50471-44-8
|
Vinclozolin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1301
108-05-4
Vinyl acetate
0,1
1085
593-60-2
Vinyl bromide
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1086
75-01-4
Vinyl chloride
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
100-40-3
4-Vinylcyclohexen
0,1
In the case of the use of malergoods, etc. shall apply only to 1 to 4.
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
106-87-6
Vinylcyclohexandiepoxid
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
1860 *
75-02-5
4-Vinylflourid
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
2810
88-12-0
|
1-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Cleaning agents
≥ 1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Other Usage
1711
87-62-7
2.6- X ylidin
0,1
Rule 7 (7) 1
Use
13530-65-9
Z Inquidiate to, see Chromcompounds, hexavalent
50-28-2
17pm- Ø stradiol
0,1
Estrogen, treatment with
Estrogen,
conjugated
0,1
53-16-7
Estron
0,1

TITLE B

The rules of the Ministry of the Environment concerning the classification, packaging and labelling of dangerous chemical substances shall be laid down in an executive order, which are regularly reviewed in accordance with the amendments to Council Directive 67 /548/EEC on the classification, packaging and labelling of dangerous substances.

In addition, the EPA &apos; s list of dangerous substances shall be published in an announcement to be revised regularly in accordance with the said Directive ; the reference in section B of the classification rules and to the list of dangerous substances shall be applied ; to any time applicable to such declarations.

Stof
Percentage content
materials,
Special provisions
Deprecating
comments and
restrictions
Substances which meet the classification criteria as carcinogenic categories 1 and 2 (Carc 1 and Carc 2) or mutagenic categories 1 and 2 (Mut 1 and Mut 2), in accordance with the rules of the Ministry of EPA for classification.
0,1
Where the substance is already listed in Annex 1, Section A with special provisions or with a different percentage, they shall be followed.
Substances classified as carcinogenic category 3 (Carc 3) on the EPA's list of dangerous substances.
1
If the substance is already listed in Annex 1, Section A with special provisions or with a different percentage, they must be followed.

APPENDIX 2

Special provisions applicable to asbestos

Scope and definitions

1 This Annex lays down rules for the use and disposal of asbestos or asbestos materials, any work therein, and any work, in any case, associated with the risk of effects of dust from asbestos or asbestos materials ; on ships.

Furthermore, rules are laid down for the import of ships of asbestos and imports of equipment containing asbestos for use on board ships.

The rules do not include conditions covered by the work environment law.

2 By asbestos &quot; the following silicate with fiberstructure :

1) Actinolite, CAS No 77536-66-4.

2) Asbesterierit (amosit), CAS No, 12172-73-5.

3) Anthophyllite, CAS No, 77536-67-5.

4) Chrysoto, CAS no. 12001-29-5.

5) Crocidolite, CAS No 12001-28-4.

6) Tremolite, CAS No, 77536-68-6.

Prohibition

3.1 It shall be prohibited to import, including the purchase of ships containing asbestos, and to use or work with asbestos or asbestos, in any form, cf. Oh, my. 3.2.

3.2 Cases of work and repair and maintenance of ships or parts thereof, as well as technical remedies for which the asbestos of materials are used, are permitted.

General provisions

4.1 The work must be organised and carried out in such a way as to ensure, as far as possible, that persons in the workplace and in the environment are not subject to exposure or may be exposed to dust from asbestos or asbestos materials. The number of people exposed to or may be exposed to dust from asbestos or asbestos must be limited to a minimum cf. Rule 6.7.

4.2 The tools that produce ashasty dust may only be used in exceptional cases. In such cases, the tool must be provided with effective means of supply.

4.3 The high pressure pooling of ashadtholder materials is prohibited.

5.1 The work on asbestos or asbestos materials may not take place unless air pollution in the breathing zone has been searched normally by means of mechanical ventilation.

5.2 If, exceptionally, air pollution cannot be removed from the point of view of the system, 5.1, the appropriate respiratory system must be used in accordance with the provisions of the provisions of this Directive. 11-14.

6 Workers must be given careful information on the health risks associated with the work. Including the need to refrain from smoking. Before the work is carried out, the workers must be carefully instrured in how this can be carried out in the field of danger, including the technical means and personal protective equipment to be used, and the rules on the disposal of asbebaton waste ; including disposal of packaging. The workers must also be informed of the existing limit values and on the need for monitoring to be carried out by air.

7 In the workplace assessment, according to rule 4, for each area of work, where there is a risk of exposure to dust from the Assussified material, a position on how and to what extent the staff may be exposed to this dust. evaluation must be reviewed when there is doubt as to whether it is correct or when there is a material change in working conditions.

8 In the field of work which only poses the risk of short-term and low effects from asbestos, and where the impact is clearly assessed under the limit value of asbestos in the air, the impact shall be furtive. The following work is not being used at 5.2 and 25-262 :

8.1 Short-term, non-continuous maintenance tasks, which are only worked on asbestos material which are not easily smoldering.

8.2 Work with the removal of undamaged asbestos materials without the destruction of materials and where the asbestos fibrres are bound together in a matrix.

8.3 Work with capsulation and wrapping of asbestos material, which is in good condition.

8.4 Work with monitoring and control of the air and the collection of samples to establish whether a given material contains asbestos.

9.1 If dusted work is performed with asbestos or asbestos material, rule 6.9-6.11 apply.

9.2 In the case of non-stabilisable work with asbestos or asbestos, there must be access to premises for the storage of personal protective equipment from daily clothing and washing with hot and cold water at the immediate vicinity of the working place. The cartias with hot and cold water must be accessible.

9.3 Mass that may not be used for work purposes must be accessible.

10 Where there may be a risk of exposure from asbestos or asbestos materials, premises and equipment may be cleaned and maintained efficiently. Cleaning and maintenance must be able to take place in security and health, and must be carried out regularly and so often that there is no risk of dust pollution, both during work and after its cessation.

Personal protective equipment, working time limitation, foreclosure of workplaces and warning signs, etc.

11.1 Where there is a risk of exposure from asbestos dust, cf. Act. 7, the workers must use personal protective equipment in the form of molding working clothes and headgear and, if necessary, use respiratory work if air pollution is not removed in accordance with point of view. 5.1

11.2 All workers must have provided a suitable filtering respiratory (dust mask), regardless of the fact that air pollution has been searched according to the case. 5.1.

12.1 Personal protective equipment shall be subject to the frequency of the shift. Personal protective equipment must not be worn outside of the place where the work on asbestos is carried out. Before the work is taken off, the cleaners shall be cleaned for dust.

13.1 Where personal protective equipment is used, they shall be controlled and cleaned and placed at a specified location.

13.2 If personal protective equipment is discarded, it shall be assembled in dust containers and disposed of as a waste of ashalised waste, cf. Act. 23.

13.3 Personal protective equipment must be washed away from other clothes. In the case of transport, it must be packed in dust-tight packaging, which is clearly marked that the content may place ashadduous dust.

14.1 Where the use of personal protective equipment means physical or psychological workloads as a result of the nature, temperature conditions or the like of the work, the work of this work shall be limited, for example, by special rest periods during work.

14.2 Work with respiratory work shall not exceed 6 hours per worker. Day.

14.3 In the form of decommissioning work, air-bearing respiratory work shall not exceed 4 hours per Day. Appropriate rest breaks must be kept at the latest after two hours of uninterrupted work.

14.4 Work with filtering respiratory (s) of dust) must not exceed 3 hours per worker per worker. Day.

14.5 Where the individual worker occurs work of different kind within the same working day, cf. Act. At 14.2-14.4, the time allowed for the work to be carried out in the respiratory system shall be reduced proportionately.

15.1 In the workplace, other persons other than those carrying out the asbestos or asbestos or asbestos or necessary work shall not be used in such a way as to keep their exposure to health and to health.

15.2 Where dust from asbestos occurs to a significant extent, the place of work must be shielded from the environment in question by means of a tent or similar that is impenetrable to dust ; access to the tent shall be made through one tent ; airlock, and the ventilation of the tent shall be carried out in such a way as to prevent the spread of dust from the spread of dust to other areas.

15.3 The provisions of regulation 6 (1). 5-7 applies to the work with asbestos. Warning signs are set up as well as supplemental signs with the text " PAS AT. ASBESTOS WORK. NO UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS. Chapter VIII of the security source and other signalling shall be referred to in Chapter VIII.

Reducing, repair, maintenance work. Enrollment.

16 This section shall apply to decommissioning work and work on the repair and maintenance of ships or parts thereof. The rules laid down in this section shall also include cleaning service in the case of the said worker.

17.1 Cases of asbestos material in ships in which this material has been used to isolate the heat, cold, noise, humidity and fire before work shall be communicated to the Maritime Maritime Service. Obligations shall be the responsibility of employers, shipowners and masters.

17.2 Other work included in this notice and which by the employer is assessed not only of being short-durable and low on effects from asbestos, cf. Act. 8 shall also be notified to the Maritime Maritime Agency.

17.3 The notification shall be made in electronic form or in paper form and shall contain the following information :

17.3.1) The name and address of the company.

17.3.2) Name of ship, distinguishing and control number.

17.3.3) The expected start time and end time of work.

17.3.4) Description of the scope of the work.

17.3.5) Description of working methods used.

17.3.6) The number of persons employed, including information on training in the collection of ashadbraous material.

17.3.7) Brief description of security measures, including personal protective equipment.

17.3.8) Description of cleaning service, including who is doing this.

17.3.9) Specification of asbestos type (if known).

17.3.10) The date and signature of the shipping company and the security organisation. If no security organisation is to be established on the ship, the notification shall be signed by a representative of the staff.

17.4 The work must be re-communicated to the Maritime Agency when changes to the working conditions may lead to significantly increased exposure to dust from asbestos or asbestos materials.

18.1 Before the completion of the construction or removal of asbestos, the shipping company must be able to demonstrate that the company is qualified to take on such work, cf. at the training requirements for training. The staff of the staff in the furtive. 19.1 and 19.2

18.2 Before a reduction or maintenance work begins, the shipowner or master shall obtain the necessary information in order to determine whether asbestos in the material concerned is asbestos. Where there is the slightest suspicion of asbestos occurrence in a material, the work must be organized and executed in accordance with the rules laid down in this Annex.

18.3 Before the start of a depreciation work, a work plan must be drawn up to ensure that the work, including cleaning, is carried out in accordance with the rules laid down in this Statement of Work.

18.4 The plan shall indicate the measures necessary for the safety and health of workers on board. In particular, the removal of asbestos or ashaduous materials must be stated before the decommissioning technique is applied and the personal protective equipment to be made available to workers.

Training

19.1 People, employed in decommissioning work, mentioned in a fury. 17.1, must have undergone special training, approved by the Sea Fartboard.

19.2 The employed involved in the outdoor work, as mentioned in the act. 17.1 or other work other than that referred to in 17.1 and may be subjected to the exposure of dust from the dust from asbestos must undergo the relevant training and instruction flow m.h.t. preventative and security, in particular, for example :

19.2.1) the characteristics and effects of asbests on health, including the synergistic effects of smoking,

19.2.2) product types or materials which may be presumed to contain asbestos,

19.2.3) activities likely to result in asbestos exposure and the importance of preventive measures in order to reduce exposure ;

19.2.4) ensure working methods, control and personal protective equipment ;

19.2.5) the purpose and the right choice of respiratory swort and associated limitations and proper use,

19.2.6) emergency measures,

19.2.7) procedures for decontamination,

19.2.8) waste disposal and disposal,

19.2.9) requirements for health checks.

19.3 The training and the training of the faculty. The employer shall be provided on a regular basis by the employer and without the expenditure of the staff.

Measurement

20.1 Rule 6 (1). 13 and 14 apply to work with asbestos. Depending on the particular workplace assessment under the terms of the case, 7 and to ensure that the asbestos limit value is complied with, asbestos dust shall be carried out regularly. Sampling must meet the following requirements :

20.1.1) Sampling must be carried out by staff with the appropriate qualifications. The subsequent analysis of the samples shall be carried out by accredited laboratories.

20.1.2) Sampling must be such that an impact may be established which, after being weighted, either by measurement or calculation, is representative of a reference period of eight hours (one shift).

20.1.3) The fibres is to be carried out as far as possible using phase contrast microscopes (PCM) in accordance with the approach adopted by the WHO (WHO) in 1997 (ISBN 92 4 154496 1), or in accordance with another method that provides ; corresponding results. Measurement of asbestos in the air shall be only fibres longer than five microns and thinner than three microns, and the ratio of length / thickness is greater than 3:1, in view.

20.2 The measurements must be organized after consultation with the security organisation, or should not be established on the ship after consultation of another representative of the workers.

20.3 The shipowner or in his position shall return a copy of the test result etc to the security organisation or if such a non-ship is not established on the ship, another representative of the staff. The shipowner or in his position shall assess the results, in cooperation with the security organisation or employee representative.

21.1 If the asbestos dust measurements show that the limit values in force are exceeded, the reason for the overrun of the overrun must be shown. Measures must be taken as quickly as possible to remedy the situation and to take a new asbestos measure to control the effectiveness of the measures.

21.2 The work of the affected area may only continue if appropriate measures are taken to protect the persons concerned.

22 The workers and the security organisation, or if such do not to be established, other representatives of the workers, must be notified as soon as possible if the asbestos threshold is exceeded. In addition, the shipowner or in his position shall inform the master of the reason for this. The shipowner or in his position shall consult the workers or their representatives of the measures to be taken in this regard. In the case of urgency, the shipowner or in his position may inform them of the measures taken.

Special rules for asbebaton waste

23 Asbestos dust and dusting asbestos waste, filters and the like must be stored and disposed of in sealed containers, marked with information that it contains asbestos. The asbestos of waste that can be dusted must be furnisted and transported in the carriage of goods and covered so that the dust to the surrounding area is prevented.

24 Furthermore, the disposal of the environment is to be carried out in accordance with the rules governing the environment, on waste.

Health examinations and asbestos exposure detection

25.1 Rule six, paragraph 6. 15-19 apply to working with asbestos or asbestos material. The health examinations must be carried out at least once every 3. years after the following practical guidelines, where it can be determined that the postponement of free asbestos fibres may provoke the following suffering : asbestos, Mesothelioma, lung cancer, stomach and intestines.

25.2 The doctor must be aware of the circumstances or circumstances of which each worker has been exposed to asbestos.

25.3 The health examination of workers is carried out in accordance with working medical principles and practices and should at least include the following :

25.3.1) the preparation of a dossier concerning the health of workers ;

25.3.2) personal conversation,

25.3.3) general clinical examination and, in particular by thorax,

25.3.4) examination of the respiratory function (spirometer and flow-voluminers).

The doctor shall make a decision on further investigations, such as studies on the cytology of the Express, an x-ray thorax or tomography, on the basis of the most recent work medical knowledge.

26 The updated list, cf. rule 6 stk.15 shall specify the nature and duration of the work of the individual and the effect of asbestos associated with it. The Maritime Agency and the investigating physician shall have access to the updated list. Employees have access to the information provided to their own person in the Minutes. The staff and their representatives within the company or facilities have access to the collective and anonymous information in the Minutes.

Transitional provisions

27.1 Asbestos and asbestos materials that could be legally imported and used before 1. In January 2005, it may continue to be used until the material has reached the end of its lifetime or is disposed of ;

APPENDIX 3

Provisions relating to labelling

These provisions shall apply to the labelling of waste (Rule 2 (2). 6) used personal protective equipment (Rule 3 (3). 11, no. 3) and special substances (Rule 6 (4). 20).

1. Label Commitment and Design Label

To the extent that substances or materials have not already been labelled with regard to cancer in accordance with the rules of the EPA on labelling, the packaging of the substances or materials concerned must be provided with a label containing the following text : "Contains the following text :" a substance subject to the Danish labour environmental regulation with regard to cancer &apos;.

a) The label must be at least 2,5 cm high and 5 cm wide.

b) The width of the label shall at least be 2 times the height.

c) The letters in black on the yellow floor.

2. Labels of the label

The label shall be affixed visibly on each of the entities containing the substance or the material, unless labelling is not reasonably available, e.g. due to limited dimensions, ordinary incontedness or certain technical aspects ; trouble.

TITLE D Breath Air

Rule 1 Scope

1 The provisions of this Title shall apply to spirit-air which are used to work on board ships. However, the exception is the spirit medium used for diving.

2 It is the responsibility of shipowners, employers, masters, workers, workers and other persons working on board to ensure that the rules are followed.

Rule 2 Definition

1 For the purposes of this Title, the breath of breath means the air a person breathing in the use of a respiratory respiratory system.

Rule 3 Repurity of the Spirits

1 The composition of the spirit middle air used for atmospheric pressure shall not exceed the following values :

-500 ppm carbon dioxide (CO) 2 () or the maximum carbon dioxide, which occurs in the fresh air,

-10 ppm carbonmonooxid (CO),

-0,5 ppm nitrous gases (NO + NO 2 )

-0.3 mg/m 3 oil particles,

-500 mg/m 3 water (H 2 0)

2 Pollution from plastics and degradation products of plastic materials, dust and other solid particles and micro-organisms, and degradation and waste products from these must be avoided.

Rule 4 Quality of spirit Middle air

1 The temperature of the breathing air at the air supplied respiratory system should be between 15ºC and 25ºC or, as far as possible, corresponding to the temperature at which the environment has been maintained.

2 Air-intake for compressors used for the manufacture of breaths shall be such that it is free of contamination of such smoke, exhaust gases or harmful vapours / aerosols.

3 The flow of breatherable air shall be carried out without variations in the quality of content and temperature. There must be security for supply and that the spirit is suitable for inhalation from the distribution system at the very cost of the vehicle itself.

4 Where the use of respiratory respiratory means physical or psychological workloads as a result of the nature of the work, temperature conditions or the like, employment with the relevant work must be limited, for example by special rest periods in it ; daily work and intake of necessary liquid. The air-bearing respiratory system must not exceed 6 hours per person per person. the day, for young people under the age of 18, however 4 hours.

5 An air analysis shall be carried out at least once a year for the furtherness of spirit mediate air. Copy of the analytical results shall be kept on board and be available to the persons on board. The analysis must include at least the substances referred to in regulation 3 (3). 1.


Chapter III

Chapter III

Physical Work Environmental Effences

Section A Manual handling of burdens
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
Definitions
Rule 3
Execution of work
Appendix 1
Assessment Factors
TITLE B-1 Noise
Rule 1
Scope of application
Rule 2
Definitions
Rule 3
Human noise limits
Rule 4
Area-specific noise limits
Rule 5
Measurement of noise
Rule 6
Workplace Rating
Rule 7
Limitation of exposure to noise
Rule 8
Prevention of noise
Rule 9
Sign-on
Rule 10
Personal protective equipment
Rule 11
Information and training
Rule 12
Involsion of workers
Rule 13
Work Medical Surveys
Rule 14
Exemptions
Appendix 1
Area-specific noise limits
Appendix 2
Separation at the entrance to noise-filled spaces
Appendix 3
Measurement of noise
Section B-2 Vibrations
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
Definitions
Rule 3
Threshold values and action values
Rule 4
Workplace Rating
Rule 5
Prevention of exposure
Rule 6
Instructions and training of workers
Rule 7
Work Medical Survey
Rule 8
Transition period
Rule 9
Exclusions
Appendix 1
Hand-arm vibrations
Appendix 2
Heal-vibration brations
Section C Working in explosive atmospherspherance
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
Definitions
Rule 3
Estimation of the risk of explosion
Rule 4
Prevention and protection against explosions
Rule 5
General obligations
Rule 6
Coordination to be prescribed
Rule 7
Areas where explosive atmosphers may occur
Rule 8
Special provisions for technical assistance and workplaces
Appendix 1
Classification of areas where explosive atmospheres occur
Appendix 2
Workplaces and technical aids

Section A Manual handling of burdens

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this Title shall apply to manual handling of loads during work on board ships.

2 It is the responsibility of shipowners, employers, masters, masters and other persons working on board to ensure that the provisions of this Title are followed.

3 This Title contains provisions which are designed in the light of Council Directive no. ECU 90 /269/EEC, EC Official Journal 1990 L 156, p. 9.

Rule 2 Definitions

1 For the purposes of this Title :

1.1 Manual handling : handling where one or more people together, and at risk of, in particular, back or lower damage, is involved in lifting, moving or supporting a burden.

1.2 &apos; aid &apos; means the lifting and lifting devices, means of transport and other equipment designed to avoid or reduce the risk of the burden of loading.

1.3 Personal protective equipment : Equipment specially designed to protect individuals against risks, including risks associated with the handling of burdens.

Rule 3 The work of the work

1 If the manual handling of the burden cannot be avoided, the associated risk must be reduced by appropriate planning and organisation of the work, and the work must be carried out only if appropriate measures are taken.

2 Such measures shall be taken on the basis of an assessment of the nature of the burden and the quality of the work and, in the light of the factors listed in Annex 1, shall be taken into account.

3 If the nature of the burden is unsuitable with regard to the task, the burden must be carried out before the work starts, so that the work can be carried out in a safe manner.

4 The manual handling of the burden shall be planned and organised and, as far as possible, to be carried out using appropriate means of aid, cf. the provisions of Chapter I (A) on the operation of the work on board ships.

5 In the event of the risk resulting from or intensified by the work &apos; s time or the work station, this shall be taken into account in the planning or organisation of the work.

6 The place where manual handling is carried out must, as far as possible, be fully justified in its entirety.

7 Transport routes must, as far as possible, be cleared of generating objects and may not cause any risk of sliding, falling, etc. They must be well lit. Transport routes must, as far as possible be, have sufficient width and height to ensure that the handling of the management can be fully justified in full, in a fully-standing position.

8 When loads that are handled manually must be stacled, the staff must be able to be carried out in a safety and health-wise, without any risk of the burglar of the burdens.

9 The operator shall ensure that workers are instructed to ensure that the work with manual handling is carried out in the field of safety and health in the field of safety. The workers must be given all the information necessary to allow such a work to be carried out in a safe way.

10 Employed persons who perform manual handling which may present a risk to safety or health must have undergone adequate training and instruction in good working class and the correct use of technical means of assistance.

11 Workers must be used to wear a protective clothing when handling risks for footinjuries, and with labour gloves when there is a risk that workers can have small injuries when handling the load. Where protection from hazardous substances, materials, etc. from the transport burdens is required, workers must use special work clothes and personal protective equipment.

APPENDIX 1

Assessment Factors

1 The nature of the burden

Manual handling of a burden may result in risk of particular back and lower damage, if the load :

-is too heavy or too great

-are unmanly or difficult by getting hold of

-is in an unstable balance or has a mind-relying content

-is placed in such a way that it is to be kept or handled in a certain distance from the body or with the bending or turned body ;

-because of its form and / or its nature, could inflict injuries on the workers, particularly if he is affected.

2 The physical exertion

Any physical exertion may present a risk to the particular back and lower damage if :

-is too big

-can only be done by the torso of the body

-may result in the burden of sudden movement

-is taking place with the body in an unstable position.

3 Workplace on board

The nature of the work site may increase the risk of particular back and lower damage if :

-the work is carried out in a place where there is not sufficient space, particularly in the height of the increase ;

-The doorbell is uneven, why there is danger of stumbling, or is such that the worker's footwear is slipping on it.

-the direction of the work place or conditions shall, in any case, prevent the handling of loads in a safety and sound level of safety, or in the observance of a good working position ;

-the doorbell or sub-layer is level staggered, which means that the load must be handled in various heights.

-the door or the aid point is unstable

The temperature, the humidity, or the ventilation system is not appropriate.

4 Working conditions, by the way

The work may present a risk to the particular back and lower damage if it results in one or more of the following conditions :

-for frequent or long-term strain on the back,

-insufficient periods for physiological rest or refund ;

-lifting, lowering or transport to large distances,

-a worker worker who is assigned to the worker of a working process, he cannot vary.

TITLE B-1 Noise

Rule 1 Scope

1 The provisions of this Title shall apply to all ships engaged in employed persons.

2 The provisions shall also apply to one-man commercial vessels with a dimension of 20 or more.

3 The provisions of this Regulation shall be drawn up on the basis of the provisions in force in the technical regulation. Four of three. May 2002 on noise in ships and the Directive 2003 /10/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6. February 2003 on the minimum safety and health requirements for the exposure of workers to risks, due to noise.

Rule 2 Definitions

1 In this section, the following definitions apply :

1.1 "A new ship" is a ship whose refrigerator is laid or is located at a corresponding building stage on 1. July 2002 or later.

1.2 "Existing ship" is a ship that is not a new ship.

1.3 "Length L" is the length L of the ship, as defined in the applicable instructions on ships &apos; building and equipment, etc.

1.4 &apos; Dimensional figures ` shall mean the length of the vessel &apos; s length of the vessel, as defined in the provisions in force on the ships &apos; building and equipment, etc. ;

1.5 &apos; Propulsion power ` is the total maximum benefit MCR in kilowatt for continuous operation of all machinery, which may at the same time produce the ship. The Service shall be set by the Sea Fartboard, on the basis of the engine manufacturer &apos; s test plan schemes and to be introduced in the fixing-fixing.

1.6 " The maximum sound pressure, P max " is the largest value of the C-weighted momentous sound pressure (impulse noise).

1.7 " The Energy Equivalent Noise Level, L Aeq, T " is the constant sound pressure level measured in dB (A), which in the space of the time T has the same energy content as measured, optionally variant sound pressure.

1.8 &apos; The daily noise load, L EX,8h " the time-weighted average of the noise levels for a working day of nominal eight hours measured in dB (A) as defined by ISO 1999:1990, point 3.6. This includes all the noise in connection with work, including impulse noise. On a daily work period of T d hours is L EX,8h = L Aeq, T + 10 log (T d /8). 1)

1.9 " Aerial soundment, R w " it is the weighted reduction number as defined in the DS/EN ISO Standard 140-4 and 717-1.

1.10 " Step soundsislation, L n, w " is the weighted step-level in space, as defined in the DS/EN ISO Standard 140-7 and 717-2.

1.11 "Infralyd" is sound with frequency under 20 Hz.

1.12 "Ultralyd" is sound with a frequency of 18,000 Hz.

1.13 'Irrelevant noise' is noise, which can be significantly reduced at a high level, and which it seems reasonable to prevent.

Rule 3 Personal noise limits

1 The limit values for the daily noise load and the maximum sound pressure shall be set at :

L EX,8h = 85 dB (A) 2)

P max = 130 dB (C)

For the purpose of applying the limit values, the effective noise exposure of the worker shall be taken into account for the effect of the worker &apos; s use of hearing protection. The limit values must not be exceeded, cf. rule 7.

2 Operating values for the daily noise load and the maximum sound pressure shall be set at :

2.1 Upper shareholder value

L EX,8h = 85 dB (A)

P max = 130 dB (C)

2.2 Lower Action Values

L EX,8h = 80 dB (A)

P max = 130 dB (C)

For the purpose of the use of the shareholders &apos; effective noise exposure shall not be taken into account, in the light of the impact of the worker &apos; s use of hearing protection measures. In the event of an overrun of the shareholders, measures shall be taken, as provided for in regulations 8, 10, 11 and 13.

Rule 4 (4) Area-specific noise limits

1 In the case of new ships with a length of 50 metres or more or more or more than 100 or more, the maximum noise limits set out in Annex 1 must be complied with, and the recommended noise limits must be complied with. Furthermore, the values set out in Annex 1 for ambivalanous air soundment and the sound isolation of the phased sound system must be complied with.

2 In the case of the design of new ships, it shall be documented, for example by calculations or qualified estimates of the level of noise expected in the areas affected, that the recommended noise limits in Annex 1 may be observed. The documentation must be submitted to the Sea Fartboard.

3 If the shipowner is based on the one in paragraph 1 The documentation referred to in Annex 1 shall show that, in spite of reasonable technical measures, the recommended noise limits laid down in Annex 1 may not be complied with at the request of the Maritime Service.

4 For existing ships with a length L of 50 metres or more or a dimensional of 100 or more, and for new and existing ships with a length L less than 50 metres and a dimension of 20 or more, but less than 100, they must be indicated in Annex 1 ; maximum noise limits are being complied with.

Regulation 5 Measurement of noise

1 Measurement must be carried out when it is necessary to clarify the noise pollution and must always be carried out ;

1.1 after the completion of a new ship,

1.2 after rebuilding or changes to an existing ship deemed to affect noise levels,

1.3 where relevant noise measurements are not already available, or

1.4 if there is reason to assume that the noise conditions have changed and

1.5 If the Sea Fartboard demands it.

2 Measurement must be carried out so that it is possible to determine whether the values provided for in regulation 3 have been exceeded.

3 The measurements must be carried out in such a way as to ensure that the guidelines indicated in Annex 3 concerning the measurement of noise are met.

4 The measurements must be carried out or are overtaken by one of the Danish Maritime Service recognised expert. The Maritime Maritime Management Board shall accept measurements carried out by recognised institutions, including the test institutes of other EU Member States, and in countries covered by the EEA Agreement, providing adequate and satisfactory guarantees of technical, professional and independent nature.

Rule 6 Workplace Rating

1 The Workplace Assessment, cf. Chapters I A, rule 2, shall include an assessment of the exposure of workers to noise.

2 In the preparation of the workplace assessment, particular attention shall be paid to :

2.1 the strength, type and duration of exposure, including exposure to impulse noise,

2.2 the limit values and the action values laid down in regulation 3,

2.3 any effect of the safety and health nature of particularly exposed workers,

2.4 any effect on the safety and health of workers in the effects of interference between noise and substances that are harmful to the ear, and between noise and vibrations,

2.5 any risk that the worker on account of noise cannot hear warning signals or other sounds that may alert the risk of accidents ;

2.6 information concerning the noise level provided by the manufacturer of work equipment,

2.7 the possibility of using alternative work equipment, which reduce noise levels ;

2.8 exposure to noise on board the ship after the end of the hour, in particular in the accommodating rooms and the dormitory,

2.9 relevant information gathered in connection with the health check ; and

2.10 use of hearing safeguards with sufficient silencing effect.

3 The working space assessment shall indicate the measures to be taken in accordance with regulations 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11.

4 The Work Space Assessment shall be reviewed continuously. A revision is particularly necessary if significant changes have occurred that make it untimely, or if the health check shows that it is necessary.

Regulation 7 Restriction of Exposure for noise

1 The worker must under no circumstances be exposed to noise exceeding the limit values in regulation 3 (1). 1.

2 If the limit value is exceeded, the shipowner shall immediately :

2.1 take steps to bring the exposure below the threshold value,

2.2 establish the reasons for the limit value being exceeded ; and

2.3 adapt measures to prevent exposure, in order to prevent the threshold being exceeded again.

Rule 8 Prevention of noise

1 In the field of technical progress and the measures which may be used, the level of noise reduction shall be reduced by the source or limited to a minimum.

2 There must be no sound of noise, and the acoustic conditions must be satisfactory. The noise level, including the level of infrasound and ultrasound, must be kept as low as it is reasonable, taking into account technical progress.

3 The reduction of noise exposure shall be carried out on the basis of the general principles of the prevention of Chapter I, taking into account in particular :

3.1 any technical noise reduction, where the noise of noise, emissions and dissemination of noise are prevented or reduced :

3.1i) the reduction of airborne noise, e.g. by means of foreclosure, confining or disilencing with sound absorbing materials ;

3.1ii) the reduction of structural noise, for example, by means of silencer or insulation ;

3.2 alternative working methods leading to lower exposure to noise ;

3.3 the choice of suitable working equipment with the lowest possible level of noise in the field of work to be carried out ;

3.4 the design and layout of the working places ;

3.5 Whereas the instruction and training of the employed, equipment used correctly and exposure to noise shall be reduced to a minimum ;

3.6 maintenance of work equipment and workplaces ;

3.7 noise reduction in the organisation of work :

3.7i) limits to the duration and the duration of exposure ;

3.7ii) adequate working plans with adequate breaks.

4 If the upper action values are exceeded, the shipowner on the basis of the assessment of the workplace shall establish and implement a programme of technical and organizational measures to limit exposure to noise, taking into account, in particular, of the exposure to the noise of the noise and the impact of the noise exposure ; in paragraph 1. 3 mentioned measures.

5 The shipowner shall ensure that the choice of measures is taken into account for workers who are in a particular risk group.

Rule 9 Sign

When the entry to space with a noise level over 80 dB (A) shall be signiation, in accordance with the document in force on board ships, in the form of appropriate symbols or with a text in Danish and where appropriate, in English, as well, indicates clearly the instructions given in Annex 2. Space or areas where noise levels exceed 115 dB (A) in general are not to be tiring.

Rule 10 Personal protective equipment

1 If the risks resulting from exposure to noise are not prevented by other means, appropriate, correct custom personal hearing protection shall be provided to the workers used in the following conditions :

1.1 where the noise exposure exceeds the lower action values, the employer shall make personal hearing protection for the workers ;

1.2 where the noise exposure is equal to or exceeds the upper action values, or the noise impact of which is incidentally harmful or highly generalized, shall be used for personal hearing protection measures.

2 The personal harvesting protection must be in accordance with the provisions of the Work for Safety at all times in respect of the construction of personal protective equipment.

3 The shipowner shall ensure that harvesting protection is used where appropriate in accordance with this rule, and shall be responsible for the effectiveness of the measures taken under this rule shall be verified.

Rule 11 Information and training

1 The shipowner shall ensure that workers who are exposed to a noise load on or above the lower action values, receive information and training in the risks associated with exposure to noise, in particular those relating to the taking of the action ;

1.1 the nature of such risks ;

1.2 the measures to eliminate the risk of noise or limit it to a minimum ;

1.3 the limit values laid down and the action values laid down ;

1.4 the results of the assessments and measurements carried out in accordance with Rule 5 and on the damage which may arise,

1.5 the correct use of the hearing protection,

1.6 the indications of the detection and notification of hearing injuries,

1.7 the right of workers to have the right to health checks,

1.8 safe working practices, which may limit exposure to noise as far as possible.

Rule 12 Involsion of workers

1 The working and security organisation shall be consulted on the decision on noise, in particular :

1.1 the work assessment referred to in regulation 6,

1.2 the measures taken in regulation 8 and 9 against exposure ; and

1.3 the possibility of personal hearing protection referred to in regulation 10.

Rule 13 Work medical examinations

1 If the workplace assessment shows that there is a danger to the worker &apos; s health, the person concerned shall be given access to a work medical examination in accordance with the provisions of Chapter IX, Section A.

2 An employee who is exposed to noise exceeding the upper action values has the right to examine his hearing by a doctor or other expert person.

3 A worker who is exposed to noise exceeding the lower action values has the right to have a hearing test.

4 If it is found that a worker has a hearing injury, a doctor or, if a doctor considers it necessary, a specialist, whether it is likely that exposure to noise is likely to be caused by noise during work. If this is the case, the shipowner

4.1 revise the workplace assessment,

4.2 review the measures taken pursuant to regulations 8, 9 and 10,

4.3 take account of advice from doctors or other experts ; and

4.4 provide for the re-examination of employees who have been exposed to the same exposure.

Rule 14 Dispensations

The Maritime Agency may, where special circumstances exist, authorise deviations from the provisions of this Title where it is deemed reasonable and safe and sound suitably sound, and to the extent that it is compatible with Directive 2003 /10/EC of 6. February 2003 laying down minimum safety and health requirements for the exposure of workers to risks due to physical agendas (noise).

Annex 1 Tranquisient noise limits

1 Maximum and recommended noise limits

Maximum
Recommended
Workspaces :
dB (A)
dB (A)
1
Engine room, intime. styremaskine
110
105
2
Stopped machinery in machinery spaces 1)
85
85
3
Workplaces
85
80
4
Separated Separator Separator
85
85
5
Machinery control room and room for manoeuvre.
75
70
6
Kabys
75
70
7
Piece of play
65
65
8
Radiorum
60
60
9
Listener Items 2)
70
70
10
Office editors and tyre control stations
65
65
11
Store Salisals and Kiosk
65
65
12a
Other workspaces, fishing vessels
85
85
12b
Other workspaces, other ships 3)
90
85
Rec Areas : :
13
Processing Space (hospital)
60
60
14
Soverum
60
55
15
Time-and-Condirum
65
65
16
Shalosene and other accommopooms
65
60
17
Exterior rec areas
75
70
18
On Rescue stations 4)
75
70
1) The noise in the service area around a suspended head or auxiliary engine must not exceed 85 dB when machinery is in the normal operation.
2) According to international maritime rules. In fishing vessels, the wheelhouse with open windows can be accepted as a listening post, provided that the cover of the tyre machinery has been stopped.
3) If noise levels exceed 85 dB (A), crop protection must be used, cf. rule 10.
4) Measurements of rescue stations may be carried out at reduced rate, cf. Annex 3.

2 Lydisolation

Forests and coverings shall be carried out by means of adequate soundproofing to avoid disturbances from activity in adjacent spaces, including human activity, such as music, speech and time. The design elements shall comply with the following requirements :

Aerial sound isolation, cf. ISO 140/3 and ISO 717/1 :
Schot in the overall accommodation
R w :
min. 35 dB
Decaping in general
R w :
min. 40 dB
Between dorm and open decks, accommospaces, galley, pantry, leisure and hobbyspaces, and machinery spaces
R w :
min. 45 dB
Steering sound isolation, cf. ISO 140/7 and ISO 717/2 :
From walkpoints on open decks, cables or other rooms with heavy incremental steps for sleeping quarters and accommospaces
L ' n, w :
max. 65 dB

The air-sound air for the final design measured in the ship-the apparent reduction number, R ' w -may not be more than 2 dB worse than the reduced reduction, R, w .

Appendix 2 Separation at the entrance to noise-filled spaces

80-85 dB (A)
HIGH NOISE LEVEL
USE THE HEARING PROTECTION.
HIGH NOISE LEVEL
USE EAR PROTECTORS
85-110 dB (A)
HAZABLE NOISE
HEARING PROTECTION MUST BE USED
DANGEROUS NOISE
USE OF EAR PROTECTORS INDUSTRY
110-115 dB (A)
WARNING :
HAZABLE NOISE
HEARING PROTECTION MUST BE USED
ONLY STAY IN SHORTER TIME
CAUTION :
DANGEROUS NOISE
USE OF EAR PROTECTORS INDUSTRY
SHORT STAY ONLY
> 115 dB (A)
WARNING :
VERY DANGEROUS NOISE
HEARING PROTECTION MUST BE USED
HIGH-EST 10 MY STAY FOR INSPECTION
CAUTION :
EXCESSION HIGH NOISE LEVEL
USE OF EAR PROTECTORS INDUSTRY
NO STAY LONGER THAN 10 MINUTES
FOR THE ...

Appendix 3 Measurement of noise

1 General

1.1 When a ship is completed and in the case of a rule 5, noise measurements must be made in the areas specified in Annex 1. The measurements must be documented in a noise report.

2 Outage sea operations

2.1 The noise measurements must be carried out during navigation at a minimum of 90% of the installed continuous propulsion power, MCR. However, measurements at the rescue stations may be carried out at a reduced speed 'Much Slow Forward' and around the area of ventilation running.

2.2 Auxiliary machinery, such as generator plants, hydraulic plants, boiler plants, cooling and air compressors, mechanical ventilation including air-conditioning systems, navigational instruments, radio and radar installations and other devices which are provided to : used during normal operating conditions, must be operated. In the case of noise measurement, the noise-measurement must be included in the noise report.

2.3 Special operations situations that may occur for longer periods, such as dynamic positioning, in-water navigation, fishing and the like, must be measured separately.

3 Operations Consertions in port

3.1 Measurements shall be made using the ship &apos; s loading / landfill, cargopumps, inertial gas plants, cargo cooling systems, hydraulic installations, hydraulic movings, noisy cargo (refrigerated / freezer-cooler) and similar in operation in the affected areas and accommodation sections. Instead of noise measurements of refrigeration / freeseconans, the Maritime Maritime Service may approve a calculation of the expected noise level.

3.2 In the case of the carriage of ro-ro ships, noise measurements shall be carried out during loading / landfill operations with the fleet-shaft ventilation system.

4 External relations

4.1 The results of the measurements will be affected by external conditions such as water depth, weather conditions, foreign noise sources or the like. Such conditions must therefore be stated in the noise report.

4.2 If the water depth is more than 5 times the depth of the ship, the conditions are satisfactory. On operational situations, such as the sailing between fixed ports of less water depth, the measurement shall be carried out under the current conditions.

4.3 Weather conditions such as wind and rain should not affect the results of the measurements. The wind speed and the lake should not exceed 8 m/s and sea state 3 respectively (wavelocity 1,25 m) respectively.

4.4 External noise sources, such as traffic, workshops and shipyards, must not affect the noise levels at the measuring positions. Where necessary, the results of the measurements must be adjusted for the influence of such sources.

5 Meales Equipment

5.1 For the noise measurements, instruments which comply with the &apos; Precision Grade Sound Level Meter &apos; are used, according to the IEC Publication 60651. Frequency analysis must be made in 1/1-octave frequency bands, cf. LEC 61260. If an integrated sound pressure gauge is used, they must comply with the requirements of IEC standard 60804.

5.2 The noise level shall be measured as A-weighted sound pressure level in decibels, reference 20 μPa. For frequency analysis, 1/1 octave frequency bands are used with centerfrequencies from 31.5 to 8000 Hz.

5.3 In cases where noise levels vary by more than 5 dB, a measure with an integrated sound pressure meter must be carried over a period of not less than 30 seconds.

6 Measurement positions

6.1 Only the necessary operating crew and the persons performing the sound measurements must remain in the current measurement area.

6.2 Noise measurement shall generally be carried out in the centre of space at a height of 1,5 m above the door and if possible not more than 0,5 m from larger reflective surfaces or surfaces of machinery in operation. In larger spaces where the volume of sound pressure varies more than 6 dB, the measurement must be measured in several positions on each tyre with a distance not exceeding 10 m. In machinery spaces and operating houses, they shall also be measured in the area of operators where a regular stay is carried out.

6.3 In the noise measurements, all the doors and windows must be closed.

6.4 In radiorum, noise measurement is carried out with the radioinstallation in operation, but without an unacutic signal being rendered.

6.5 Measurements of listening posts shall be carried out respectively and without the signal from the ship &apos; s whistle. In addition, the measurements must be carried out in accordance with the IMO rules on the measurement of listening posts (Recommendation on Methods of Measuring Noise Levels that Listening Posts).

7 Reporting

7.1 The results of the measurements must be submitted to the Maritime Agency for the purpose of a standard report drawn up and contain the following :

7.1 - a plan of the ship in which measurement values and measurement positions are specified ;

the conditions which are relevant to the assessment of the noise conditions, including :

7.1 - 1) the depths of and aft,

7.1 - 2) Wind and lake,

7.1 - 3) speed and rate,

7.1 - 4) the load and speed of the main and auxiliary power of machinery ;

7.1 - 5) other noise sources during the measurements, e.g. ventilation in the machine and cargo spaces and ventilation of the accommodation,

7.1 - 6) the manufacturer of the measuring instrument and the manufacturer and the type,

7.1 - 7) information about who has done the measurement ; and

7.1 - 8) water depth during refrigerl.

7.2 The result is specified as a total A-weighted sound pressure in the standard report &apos; s measurement scheme. In cases where the noise exceeds the maximum noise limit or where there are generating low-frequency noise or clear flares, frequency analysis must be carried out in 1/1-octave frequency bands.

Section B-2 Vibrations

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this Title shall apply to any work where workers are exposed or may be exposed to vibrations in the course of work.

2 The provisions shall implement the Directive 2002/44/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25. June 2002 on the minimum safety and health requirements for the exposure of workers to risks due to vibrations.

Rule 2 Definitions

1 For the purposes of this Title :

1.1 &apos; hand-arm vibrations ` means vibrations transmitted from equipment held, managed or supported by hand or arm, and which present a risk to the safety and health of the workers, including, in particular, vessels, bones, indents, nerves, nerves or muscles.

1.2 &apos; integerings ` means vibrations transmitted to the whole body and which constitute a risk to the safety and health of the workers, including, in particular, diseases in the chain of laceration and damage to the vertebral column.

Rule 3 Limit values and action values

1 Hand-arm vibrations :

1.1 the limit value for the daily exposure of a reference period of eight hours is 5 m/s, 2

1.2 the stock value of the daily exposure of a reference period of eight hours is 2,5 m/s ; 2

The worker &apos; s exposure to hand-arm vibrations shall be assessed or measured on the basis of the provisions set out in Annex 1 to this Title.

2 Heal-vibration brations :

2.1 the limit value for the daily exposure of a reference period of eight hours is 1.15 m/s ; 2

2.2 the stock value of the daily exposure in a reference period of eight hours is 0,5 m/s ; 2

The worker &apos; s exposure to whole-body vibration shall be assessed or measured on the basis of the provisions set out in Annex 2 to this Title.

Rule 4 Workplace Rating

1 If workers are exposed to vibrations related to the work on board, the workplace assessment shall be required, cf. Chapters I A, regulation 2, contain an assessment or, where necessary, a measurement of the daily vibration load in accordance with Annex 1 and Annex 2 to this Title.

2 The exposure to vibrations can be assessed through observation of the concrete workflow and on the basis of information on the vibration level of the equipment used or the current place of work when such information is present. The assessment does not require a specific apparatus or a special method.

3 The assessment or measurement shall be carefully and implemented at appropriate intervals.

4 In the preparation of the workplace assessment, particular attention shall be paid to :

4.1 the strength, type and duration of exposure ;

4.2 the limit values and the action values laid down in regulation 3,

4.3 any effect of the safety and health nature of particularly exposed workers,

4.4 any indirect effects on the safety of the worker, resulting from the impact of the vibrations of the workplace or the equipment. In particular, account shall be taken of the ability to influence the shelf life and stability of the working test and disturb a correct operation or reading of instruments ;

4.5 information supplied by the manufacturer of the work equipment used,

4.6 the ability to use other equipment which depreciates exposure to vibrations ;

4.7 exposure to the whole-body vibration on board the ship after the end of the hour, particularly in the accommodating rooms and the dormitory. The exposure must be reduced to a level compatible with the use of space.

4.8 special working conditions, e.g. work in low temperatures ;

4.9 relevant information gathered in connection with the health check.

5 The working space assessment shall indicate the measures to be taken, cf. rule 5 and 6.

6 The Work Space Assessment shall be reviewed continuously. A revision is particularly necessary if significant changes have occurred that make it untimely, or if the health check shows that it is necessary.

Rule 5 Construction of Exposure

1 The work must be organised and carried out so that the risk of impact from vibrations is minimized. This must be done by following the general prevention principles in chapter I, including removing the vibrations at the source, to the extent that it is possible.

2 If the daily vibration of a daily vibration exceeds the operational values of rule 3, the cause shall be examined and technical and organisational measures must be taken in order to limit the load as much as possible. The choice of measures shall take into account, in particular, the following :

2.1 alternative working methods which reduce the exposure of vibrations ;

2.2 work equipment with a good ergonomical design and the lowest possible vibration level, taking into account the work to be carried out ;

2.3 auxiliary equipment and personal protective equipment which reduce the risk of exposure to vibrations, including those that effectively decapitate full-body vibrations, and handles which damper hand-arm vibrations ;

2.4 maintenance of work equipment and workplaces

2.5 the design and construction of desktops,

2.6 the instructions and training of the employed, so equipment is used properly and safely ;

2.7 limitation of the duration and strength of exposure ;

2.8 adequate working hours with adequate breaks,

2.9 working clothes to exposed workers to protect against cold and damp ;

3 Workers must under no circumstances be subjected to an influence that exceeds the limit values in regulation 3. If a threshold is exceeded, the shipowner shall immediately :

3.1 take steps to bring the exposure below the threshold value,

3.2 establish the reasons for the limit value being exceeded ; and

3.3 adapt measures to prevent exposure, in order to prevent the threshold being exceeded again.

4 The shipowner shall ensure that the choice of measures is taken into account for workers who are in a particular risk group.

Regulation 6 Information and training for workers

1 The shipowner shall ensure that workers exposed to the vibrations of the workplace are given information and training that reflect the work assessment, in particular as regards :

1.1 measures to remove or minimise exposure to vibrations ;

1.2 the limit values and values laid down and the values

1.3 the result of the assessments and measurements carried out in accordance with Rule 4, and on the damage which may arise ;

1.4 the detection and notification of any evidence of the work injuries ;

1.5 when the worker is entitled to a health check ;

1.6 safe working practices which limit exposure as far as possible.

Rule 7 Working Medical Study

1 If the workplace assessment under regulation 4 shows that there is a danger to the health of the worker, the person concerned shall be given access to a work medical examination in accordance with the provisions of Chapter IX, Section A. The results of the investigation shall be given ; be taken into account for the implementation of preventive measures on the workplace. A study is relevant if

1.1 the exposure of the worker to vibrations is of such a type, that a disease or deterioration of the health may be made in connection with exposure,

1.2 It is likely that a disease or deterioration of the health has occurred during the special conditions to which the employee is working ; and

1.3 there are appropriate ways of detecting a disease or a deterioration in health.

Workers exposed to vibrations that exceed the shareholders of regulation 3, in any case, have the right to an appropriate health check.

2 If, in the case of a medical examination, an employed person has an identifiable disease caused by the doctor to be due to exposure to vibrations during the work on board, the shipowner shall :

2.1 revise the workplace assessment,

2.2 review the measures taken pursuant to rule 5 ;

2.3 take account of advice from doctors or other experts ; and

2.4 provide for the re-examination of employees who have been exposed to the same exposure.

Rule 8 Transitional period

1 The provisions of regulation 5 (5). 3, shall apply only after 6. July, 2010, with regard to :

1.1 equipment that has been made available to the employed person before the 6. July 2007, and

1.2 ships supplied before the 6. July 2007, which does not take account of recent technical progress and organizational measures, can comply with the limit values for exposure.

Rule 9 Exclusions

1 The Maritime Service may, in duly substantiated circumstances and after consultation of the respective shipots and crew organisations, permit deviations from regulation 5 (5). 3, in the case of the whole-body vibration where, in the light of the technical level and the specific characteristics of the workplaces, it is not possible to comply with the exposure limit, in spite of the fact that technical or organizational levels have been taken, measures.

2 If the exposure of an employee to the vibration normally is less than the shareholders of rule 3 but occasionally exceeds the limit values, the Sea Fartboard, after consultation with the respective shipots and crew organisations, may also derogate from the limit values ; the provisions of Article 5 (1). 3. The mean vibration load calculated over a 40-hour period of work must be less than the threshold value and it must be shown that the risk of the worker at this load is less than when exposure to the threshold value.

3 The people in paragraph 3. 1 and 2 of the derogations referred to shall be accompanied by requirements ensuring that the health risks are limited to a minimum and to introduce tighter health checks for affected workers. The amount of the suspension shall be granted for a period of not more than four years at a time.

Appendix 1 Harm-arm vibrations

1 Estimation of the exposure of hand-arm vibrations shall be based on the calculation of the daily vibration load for an eight-hour reference period, A (8), in accordance with ISO standard 5349-1 (2001), Chapters 4 and 5 and Annex A :

AU3814_2_1.jpg

where :

a hv is the vibrational force in m/s 2

T is the duration of exposure to the vibrational force a hv

T 0 is 8 hours

The Vibrations, a hv shall be calculated by means of the formula :

AU3814_2_2.jpg

where :

a hwx , a hwy and a hwy are the frequencies RMS accelerations in m/s 2 , measured in three consecutive angles in the place where the vibrating surface is in contact with the hand.

2 If two or more work operations in different vibrations are carried out during the day of the working day, the daily vibration load A (8) shall be calculated from the formula :

AU3814_2_3.jpg

where :

n is the number of different working operations during the day,

a hvi is the vibrational strength of the work operation, i , and

T i is the duration of work operation, i .

3 If both hands are exposed to vibrations, the highest value of the vibrational force must be given ; a hv is used to assess the daily vibration load.

4 The assessment of exposure may be based on the manufacturer &apos; s information on the vibrational level of the work equipment used or it may be based on measurement.

Where the assessment is based on measurement, the methods used shall include sampling, representative of the worker &apos; s exposure. Methods and measuring equipment must be adapted to the vibrational type and conform to ISO Standard 5349-2 (2001).

Appendix 2 Helkroll-brations

1 Evaluation of the exposure to intecroptists shall be based on the calculation of the daily vibration load for an eight-hour reference period, A (8), in accordance with ISO standard 2631-1 (1997), Chapters 5, 6 and 7 and Annexes A and B :

AU3814_2_4.jpg

where :

a w is the frequency RMS vibrational strength in m/s 2 In one of the three perpendicular directions, x, y, and z. The RMS values must be taken into account only for vibrations with a frequency of more than 1 Hz.

T is the duration of exposure to the vibrational force (a) ; w

T 0 is 8 hours

k 1,4 for x and y retinings and k 1 for z orientation.

The daily vibration load is calculated separately for each of the 3 directions x, y and z. The assessment of exposure shall be based on the largest of the values in accordance with the three directions.

2 If, during the day of the working day, two or more work operations in different vibrations are carried out, the daily vibration load A (8) is calculated from the formula :

AU3814_2_5.jpg

where :

n is the number of different working operations during the day,

a wi is the vibrational strength of the work operation, i , and

T i is the duration of work operation, i .

3 The assessment of exposure may be based on information on the level of the work site &apos; s vibration level, or it may be based on measurement.

4 If the assessment is based on measurement, the methods used shall include samples of representative of the worker &apos; s exposure to the vibrational type of the vibrational type. Methods and measuring devices must be adapted to the vibration type.

Section C Working in explosive atmospherspherance

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this section shall specify minimum safety and health requirements for workers who may be exposed from explosive atmospherspheraries as defined in regulation 2.

2 These provisions shall not apply to :

2.1 Areas used directly in the context of and during medical treatment,

2.2 use of gaseous appliances in accordance with the technical requirements of the Maritime Management Agency for the F-gas and boiling apparatus for alcohol or petroleum in ships,

3.3 manufacture, handling, use, storage and transport of explosives or unstable chemical substances ;

3.4 the extractive industries falling within the scope of Directive 92 /91/EEC or 92 /104/EEC, and

3.5 use of sea transport, for which the relevant provisions of international conventions and agreements shall apply.

Transport means to use in potentially explosive atmospheres are not exempt.

3 The formula contains provisions which are designed in the light of the Directive 1999 /92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16. December 1999 laying down minimum requirements concerning the improvement of safety and health protection for workers who may be exposed from explosive atmospherities (five-part specific directive in accordance with Article 16 (2). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC).

Rule 2 Definitions

&apos; explosive atmospheres ` means a mixture under atmospheric conditions of air and combustible substances in the form of gases, vapours, fog or dust in which the combustion after ignition is spreading to the whole combustible compound.

Policy 3 Evaluation of the risk of explosion

1 An employer working in the scope of these provisions shall ensure that a written workplace assessment of safety and health conditions in the workplace is drawn up, cf. regulation 4 and 6 of Chapter I, section A on the execution of the work. Areas which, by means of openings, may or may be associated with other areas where explosive atmospheres may occur, shall also be included in the assessment.

2 The working space assessment shall include a mapping and assessment of the risks arising from explosive atmospheres, with particular reference to the following :

2.1 The likelihood of explosive atmospherism may occur, as well as the duration thereof.

2.2 The probability of the sources of ignition, including electrostatic charges, will be present and will be able to become active and be a potential source of ignition.

2.3 The entries, the substances used, the processes and their possible interaction.

2.4 The scale of the expected consequences.

3 In addition, the assessment shall indicate which measures have been taken or must be observed in response to particular risks. The assessment shall also indicate the areas classified in zones, cf. Annex I.

4 The assessment must be available on the work site accessible to all those employed on the spot.

5 The assessment must be updated when changes are made to the work, working methods and work processes, etc., which are important for the business environment of the establishment, and by major accidents and accidents at the workplace, but not later than every three years.

Regulation 4 Prevention and protection against explosions

1 In the performance of the work, it is necessary to ensure that technical or administrative measures are taken or a combination of both in sufficient proportion to the work being referred to, in order of priority and on the basis of : the following general principles :

1.1 Prevent the formation of explosive atmospheres or that the nature of the activity is not possible,

1.2 avoid ignition of explosive atmospheres ; and

1.3 limit the harmful effects of an explosion in order to guarantee the safety and health of workers.

2 The measures in accordance with : paragraph 1 shall be combined and, where necessary, supplemented by measures to prevent the spread of the explosion.

3 The measures should be reviewed periodically and, in any case, will have to be revised in any case if significant changes occur.

Rule 5 General obligations

1 Workspaces where explosive atmospheres can occur in such quantities that it may constitute a risk to the health and safety of workers or others,

1.1 must be adjusted in such a way that the work can be carried out without risk ;

1.2 shall be established by appropriate monitoring for the use of technical means.

Regulation 6 Coordination obligations

1 If employees from one or more foreign companies are carrying out work on the ship, it is necessary in addition to the evaluation of regulation 3, the way in which cooperation on safety and health is organised. It is necessary to ensure that the security measures are coordinated and, where necessary, joint working conditions and precautions must be laid down. In addition, emergency evacuation and training plans shall be required in accordance with Rule 5 of Chapter I (A) on the performance of the work shall be coordinated as necessary.

2 Moreover, in the assessment of the assessment, such information shall be given on the direction and operation of the work site, that the foreign employers may organise and carry out the work during compliance with their duties in accordance with these provisions ; and working legislation, by the way.

Rule 7 Areas where explosive atmospheric atmospheres may occur

1 The employer shall classify the areas in which explosive atmospheres may occur in zones in accordance with Annex 1.

2 The employer shall ensure that the minimum requirements set out in Annex 2 shall apply to the minimum requirements laid down in paragraph 1. 1 areas covered.

3 Where necessary, areas in which explosive atmospheres may occur in such quantities that it may constitute a risk to the safety and health of workers, marked by their entries in accordance with Chapter VIII on the security signage ; -Mv.

Regulation No 8 Special provisions for technical assistance and workplaces

1 Engineering aids used in areas where explosive atmospheres may occur,

1.1 which are already in use or made available for the first time in the establishment or holding before the 30. In June 2003, from this date must be in accordance with the minimum requirements set out in Annex 1, Part A,

1.2 which are delivered for the first time in the establishment or holding after the 30. June 2003 shall comply with the minimum requirements set out in Annex 2.

2 Workplaces with areas where explosive atmospheres may occur,

2.1 are to be taken for the first time after the 30. June 2003 must comply with the minimum requirements laid down in these provisions,

2.2 which are already used before the 30. By the date of this date, no later than three years after this date, the minimum requirements laid down in these provisions must

3 Provided after the 30. In June 2003, alteration, extension or restructure of areas where explosive atmospheres may occur, the employer shall take the necessary measures to ensure that the change, the extension or the remodel complies with it ; the minimum requirements laid down in these provisions.

APPENDIX 1

Classification of areas where explosive atmospheres occur

1 The classification system shall apply to areas in which special security measures are taken in accordance with regulations 3 and 4.

2 Explosive areas shall be classified in zones on the basis of the frequency, duration and the incidence of explosive atmospheres. This classification determines the extent of the measures to be taken in accordance with Annex 2, Part A.

3 The classification must be performed as follows :

Zone O -Areas where there are uninterrupted, for long periods or often explosive atmospheres of a mixture of combustible substances in the form of gas, vapours or fog with air.

Zone 1 -Area where it can be expected that, by normal operation, explosive atmospheres are occurring consisting of a mixture of combustible substances in the form of gas, vapours or fog with air.

Zone 2 -Area where it is not expected that normal operations occur, consisting of a mixture of combustible substances in the form of gas, vapours or fog with air or, if this occurs, as only for short periods.

Zone 20 -Areas where there are uninterrupted, for long periods or often explosive atmosphersphers in the form of a cloud of combustible dust in air.

Zone 21 -Area where it can be expected that, by normal operation, explosive atmospherc atmospherspherc atmospherspherc atmospherc atmospherc atmospherc atmospherc atmospherc atmospherc atmospherc atmospherc and fuel

Zone 22 -Area where it is not expected to operate explosive atmospheres in the form of a cloud of combustible dust in air, or where the occurrence, if that happens, is only short duration.

Remarks :

1 Deliver, accumulated backlog and piles of combustible dust shall be treated as any other source capable of creating an explosive atmosphere.

2 Normal operation means the state in which an installation is used within its scope.

Appendix 2

Workplaces and technical aids

The requirements of this Annex shall apply :

.1 In the case of areas classified as dangerous in accordance with Annex 1, where it is required as a result of the nature of work sites, workplaces, equipment used, and

.2 in the case of technical aids, which are in an unexplosive area, but which are necessary for or compact for the safe operation of technical ancillary funds located in an explosive area.

A Minimum requirements for the improvement of safety and health of employees who may be exposed to explosive atmospherspheraries

1 Administrative measures

1.1 The employer shall ensure that the workers who work in areas where explosive atmospheres are likely to have adequate and appropriate training in the field of explosion protection.

1.2 If required by the Workplace Assessment, cf. rule 3, must :

1.2.1 work in explosives dangerous areas shall be carried out on the basis of written instructions drawn up by the employer,

1.2.2 a system of work permit is used for both work and in particular hazard, which shall be particularly peril, as for work which may have an impact on other work and potentially endanger the effects of the work. The work permit shall be issued by a person with a separate responsibility for this prior to the commencement of the work.

2 Measures to protect against explosions

2.1 Any leakage and / or any emancipation of flammable gases, fumes, fog or flammable dust, which is carried out intentionally or for other reasons and may cause explosions, be diverted or disposed of to a safe location or, if not, possible, indelited or neutralized in the other appropriate manner.

2.2 If an explosive atmosphere contains several types of flammable and / or flammable gases, fumes, fumes or dust, the protective measures must be adapted to the greatest risk.

2.3 Prevention of the risk of ignition in accordance with Rule 4 shall also take account of possible ignition of static electricity discharges from the staff or the workplace. The staff shall be equipped with appropriate personal protective equipment, which must consist of materials that cannot result in electrostatic inputs that can ignite explosive atmospheres.

2.4 Facilities, equipment, security systems and any associated connectivity devices may only be used if the workplace assessment is shown in accordance with the workplace assessment. rule 3, that they can be used in a safe way in explosive atmospherspherspherc atmosphere. This also applies to technical remedies and associated connectivity devices, which are not material or insurance systems in accordance with the above, if these technical aids and the operational technical connections of equipment for an installation in themselves are not : may result in a risk of ignition. The necessary measures shall be taken to avoid the confusion of connectivity devices.

2.5 All necessary measures should be taken to ensure that the working site, the work equipment and any associated connectivity devices made available to workers are designed, constructed, assemsed and installed, and maintained ; and used in such a way that the risk of explosions is as small as possible and that an explosion, if any, does not spread or spread at least possible on the workplace and / or in the work equipment. Appropriate measures shall be taken in such places to minimise the risk of damage arising from the physical impact of an explosion.

2.6 Where necessary, workers in such cases must be optical and / or acoustic and leave the place of work before the conditions of an explosion are present.

2.7 If the explosive document is required by the explosion site, maintained escape facilities must be provided to ensure that workers in the event of danger are quickly and safely leave the dangerous area.

2.8 Before operating areas where explosive atmospheres may be occurring, the plant safety of the plant as a whole shall be subject to control. All factors necessary to ensure the protection of the explosion must be maintained. Such checks shall be carried out by persons with the necessary powers on the field of explosive activity from experience and / or vocational training.

2.9 When the workplace assessment shows that it is necessary,

2.9.1 equipment and security systems must be able to operate independently of the rest of the operating system in the event of disruption of the energy supply, if any interruption of the power supply may result in new hazards ;

2.9.2 equipment and security systems of automatic operation must be manually stopped if deviations from normal operation occur, provided that it does not reduce the safety of the system. Such encroachts may be carried out only by expert staff ;

2.9.3 the accumulated energy shall be driven away as quickly and safely as possible or isolated, so that it no longer constitutes any risk if the emergency stop system is activated.

B Criteria for the choice of technical assistance and insurance systems

Technical assistance and security systems in all areas where explosive atmospheres may occur must comply with relevant IEC standards based on an assessment of the situation.

Similarly, the CE marked technical aids may be used in accordance with the following subject, provided that they are suitable for gases, vapours or fog and / or dust depending on the circumstances.

1 I zone 0 or 20, equipment from category 1,

2 I zone 1 or 21, equipment from categories 1 or 2 ; and

3 I zone 2 or 22, equipment from category 1,2 or 3.


Chapter IV

Chapter IV

(reserved)


Chapter V

Chapter V

Psych work environment effects

TITLE A
Psychic Work Environment
(Reserved)
TITLE B
Wheeltime
(Reserved)

Section A Psychic Work Environment

(Reserved)

TITLE B Hvile Time

(Reserved)


Chapter VI

Chapter VI

Engineering aids (machines, scaffolding and other machinery)

TITLE A
Use of work equipment in ships
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
Definitions
Rule 3
General provisions
Rule 4
Opposition
Rule 5
Usage View
Rule 6
Use m.v.
Rule 7
Instructions and training
Rule 8
Supervision and maintenance
Rule 9
Injuries and technical remedies
Rule 10
Special provisions
Appendix 1
Machinery and engineering aids, etc., cf. Rule 3 (3). 5
Appendix 2
Retail rules for lifting burdens
Appendix 3
Retail rules for temporary work in the height.

Title A Use of work equipment in ships

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this Title shall include the use of technical means at work or work processes on board ships.

2 The provisions are drawn up on the basis of Council Directive 89 /655/EEC, as amended by Directive 95 /63/EC and Directive 2001 /45/EC.

Rule 2 Definitions

1 The technical means of assistance shall mean :

1.1 Machines, containers, appliances, tools and any other similar direction, which :

1.1.1 used in the processing of a product,

1.1.2 be used for the delivery of a work result, including for local transport and storage, or

1.1.3 serves to carry out a technical process.

1.2 Share to such information, prefabricated design and any other enacted object intended to be included with other objects to be included in a finished unit.

1.3 Work equipment used for temporary work in height.

2 For the purposes of applying :

Any use of technical aids and all associated work functions, such as putting into service, operation, operation, service and monitoring, maintenance, setting, repair, cleaning and other care of the technical assistance.

3 The competent person shall be understood :

The Supplier or a person who has similar knowledge and knowledge of the relevant technical assistance. After national practice, the master of the ship shall be deemed to be a competent person, chief engineer, chief engineer and first master to be competent.

Rule 3 General provisions

1 The use of technical means must be carried out in a precautionary and health-related manner.

2 A technical aid used in the execution of a work shall be suitable or adapted for that purpose, so that the use is in safety and health-related fully. The choice of technical aid shall be made in the light of the conditions under which it is to be used and the risks arising from the use of the aid in question.

3 In the case of the application of a technical assistance instrument, the relevant work and the work position shall be fully taken into account in the application and other ergonomic conditions in full to the extent of the operation.

4 In the case of the use of a technical assistance measure, in spite of this, the risk of safety and health shall be met by appropriate measures such as foreclosure, suction and special safety equipment or other safety equipment ; measures to ensure that the relevant work is carried out in a safe and sound manner.

5 Machines and safety components that are used from the 1. In January 2003, the safety and health requirements applicable to CE marked machinery and safety components shall comply with the safety and health requirements applicable to the CE marking. These must be so designed and designed to comply with the provisions in force on machinery which is acquired within the European Union. 1)

Machines and safety components that are used in accordance with the 1. In January 2003 of ships, which are outside the European Union, must be of equivalent level.

Machines and safety components that have been taken into use by 1. In January 2003, comply with the requirements set out in Annex 1 on machinery and the construction, manufacture, equipment and instructions of production equipment.

Other technical aids must also meet the requirements set out in Annex 1.

6 A technical aid shall be installed, fixed and used in such a way as to minimise the risks to safety and to health. It must be ensured that there is sufficient space between the moving parts and fixed or moving parts of the technical help medium and so that any type of energy, substances and materials used or produced may be used, be entered and taken in a secure manner.

Rule 4 Option

1 The establishment of a technical assistance instrument must be in the case of security and health. It must be ensured, including that :

1.1 layers, support, attachment and stability shall be justifiable in the interests of the weight, form and use of the aid,

1.2 Whereas noise, vibrations or other fluctuations which are deleted from the ancillant &apos; s aid shall be as effective as possible by post on suppreating sublayers, foreclosure, or other measures ;

1.3 dangers and genes from heat, dust, smoke, fumes, gases, etc., disposed of from the solvent, and any other perilous perilous peril to it is effectively accommodation ;

1.4 the positioning and conditions of manufacture are sound, in the light of the surrounding conditions,

1.5 in the case of a position and method of establishment, service and other work of the aid may be carried out in the field of safety and health in a manner which is properly justified.

2 The setting up, dismantling and dismantling of a technical aid must be carried out in a secure manner, and in particular, any instructions provided by the manufacturer must be followed.

Rule 5 Brugsandisplay

1 To the extent that it is important for the safety and health of the use of a technical aid, an instruction manual which contains adequate information on how the aid is used is carried out, and shall be established ; and kept in a regulatory condition. The Supplier's utility instructions meet this requirement, cf. Rule 3 (3). 5.

2 Where operating disturbances, failure of automatic or other exceptional situations in a technical assistance can be hazardous conditions, the instructions must include a warning on this and the instructions on which security measures are to be taken ; shall be taken in the situations concerned.

3 The use of the instructions shall be kept up to date, in particular on the basis of the experience gained with the use of the aid.

4 The instructions must be available in Danish and be easy to understand for the users concerned. However, rules or safety considerations may require that the instructions also be available in a different language.

The use of the instructions shall be readily available and, as far as possible, to be specified directly on the technical assistance.

Regulation 6 Use, etc.

1 A technical aid may only be used for the functions and under the conditions which it is suitable for such restrictions as a result of such restrictions shall not be exceeded in the case of health or safety.

2 Sections or other protective equipment shall be used in accordance with the intended purpose and the precautionary measures must be observed.

3 Applicable use shall not be made under conditions and circumstances which present particular danger unless effective security measures have been taken of the present situation. If necessary, adequate measures must be taken to protect against lightning strikes.

4 The entry point, the holding or change or intervention in the operation or setting of the aid shall be carried out in accordance with the instructions and instructions provided for therein. This must be done only when there is a guarantee that this can be done without danger.

5 In the case of cleaning, repair, maintenance and similar technical assistance, this must, as far as is possible, have been halted and effectively secured against the initiation of the work. If this is not possible, other measures must be taken which effectively ensure that the work can be fully justified in the field of safety and health.

6 If, by the way, during special operations involving a technical assistance means the risk of persons coming into contact with dangerous parts or substances and materials may be exposed to harmful effects shall be such that : addressed in an effective manner.

Rule 7 Instructions and training

1 In the use of the technical aids to be used, the applicant must be instrumental and, where necessary, to be used during the work, so that the use can take place in the field of safety and health.

2 The applicant must be made aware of the relevant risks associated with technical aids in their immediate work publications as well as on relevant changes affecting technical assistance in their immediate workings, even if they are not ; directly using them.

3 Instructions and training shall at least include the conditions laid down in regulation 4 and rule 6.

4 Where the use of a technical assistance instrument presents a particular hazard to the person who is employed by or other persons, the employer shall ensure that only those specially designated for this purpose have been designated for this purpose ; necessary instruction and training.

Rule 8 Surface and maintenance

1 It shall be ensured by appropriate inspection and maintenance by a competent person to ensure that technical assistance is kept in good condition and in accordance with the requirements of Rule 3 (3). 5. The first time and before the commissioning of the commissioning must be carried out before the commissioning of each gene assembly and re-position. The Supplier's instructions must be followed unless otherwise specified in specific rules or required by the Maritime Agency.

2 A technical assistance which is subjected to effects which may result in damage likely to cause dangerous situations must be complied with as stated in the following steps to ensure that the requirements applicable to the direction and use of the auxiliary vehicles may be complied with ; is complied with and that the damage is recorded and may be remedied in time :

2.1 A technical aid shall be regularly complied with and, where necessary, by a competent person.

2.2 A technical assistance shall be subject to a special inspection by a competent person, each time it has been subjected to special conditions, which may have resulted in the use of the solvent, not to be suitably safe or fully justified, e.g. changes, accidents, natural conditions or longer times of state.

3 The results of the monitoring of a technical aid referred to in paragraph 1. 2 shall be recorded and kept as long as the aid is used on board and be accessible to the Maritime Maritime Service.

4 Signifies, discharges and other labelling of the technical means of providing information about its data, operation, etc., and any risks must be kept visible and visible.

Rule 9 Injuries and technical remedies

1 Where defects or damage to a technical assistance which can cause an accident or health hazard may arise or the circumstances may result in the safety of the controls, monitoring or control bodies on which the security of the technical assistance is to be used, is not intended to operate as intended, the aid must be decommissioned in accordance with the appropriate conditions until such time as the deficiencies have been remedied.

2 Where the use of a technical aid is related to the risk of safety or health due to defects in the solver or other special circumstances, such measures shall be taken as long as appropriate measures are taken against the use of : place. In any case, the remedial must be removed from the workplace, disassemsated or similar.

Regulation 10 Special provisions

1 In the case of the use of the working gear to lift the burden, devocabs and hejnets, means of transport, mobile working equipment and work equipment that are made available for temporary work in the height, in addition to the rules 2-9, detailed rules laid down in Annexes 2 and 3. 2)

APPENDIX 1

Machinery and engineering aids, etc., cf. Rule 3 (3). 5

Content
Construction
Act. 2-9
Special equipment
Act. 10-12
Formation
Act. 13-16
Usage View
Act. 17-19

1 The provisions of this Annex shall apply to machinery and to the construction, manufacture, equipment, equipment and instructions for use before 1 of the machinery and other technical aids. January 2003.

Construction

2 A technical aid shall be suitably designed and suitably equipped with appropriate materials taking into account the effects on which it is likely to be subject to exposure to safety and health requirements ; and shelf life.

2.1 A technical aid in which, or may arise, pressure, temperature, material voltages or other influences which may cause dangerous conditions must be so constructed and constructed or equipped with such equipment to limit : the effect that the defenders and any possible. the limits laid down shall not be exceeded. Where necessary, the means of aid shall be provided with an automatic alert device which will automatically step into operation if such limits are exceeded.

3 In the design of a technical aid instrument, the means must be used to ensure the hazards of the aid. It must be ensured, including that :

3.1 persons may not come into contact with dangerous masquor or substances ;

3.2 tools, items, or parts thereof, rods and o.l. cannot be ejorated to safety and health, and

3.3 Heat, cold, radiation, noise, vibrations, dust, humidity, fumes, fumes, fumes, gases or other, which are developed using the means of use, shall not be rendered in such a way as to ensure that safety or health is present ;

4 Where the necessary guarantee cannot be achieved through the design, it shall be carried out in a reassuring manner by foreclosure, suction, other safety equipment or other safety-management precautions.

5 The equipment for the supply of energy shall be so designed, constructed and installed that it does not present a danger to safety or health.

6 A technical aid shall be designed, constructed and equipped in such a way as to ensure that operation of the operation can be performed without any risk to health or to health, without any risk being put at risk.

6.1 Rule 3 shall apply mutatis mutias to the extent to which it is possible, taking account of the nature of the type of aid.

7 The way in which the connection, management and disconnection of energy to a technical aid or other forms of influencing functions or work processes is to be done as far as possible ensure that security does not occur for security or health. It must be ensured, in particular, that the service can take place under the best possible view and control conditions, and, where necessary, the aid must be equipped with equipment which automatically gives preconditions prior to initiation, stand-off or other influences.

7.1 The stopping of functions or work processes must, unless disruption of these may present danger, may be carried out quickly from appropriate points on or by the means of aid. Where security reasons speak for it, the standoff should be able to automatically enter. If necessary, stop must be combined with a braking.

7.2 If abnormal operating conditions, including variations or interruption in the energy supply to a technical means of assistance, may cause danger, the remedial must be effective against the aid. Where necessary, the aid must be equipped with automatic and appropriate retroactive heating device.

8 Lighting built into or attached to a technical means of aid must be designed appropriately, including dazzling.

9 Control devices and operating systems shall be so designed, constructed and designed that the risk of unintentional or improperly solution, alteration or stopping operations, resulting in danger, may be prevented or accommoded.

9.1 Control devices must be easily accessible, positioned and designed ergonomic suicidal and good illustrious.

Special equipment

10 Automatic powered, controlled or monitored technical aids must, to the extent that it may have a security impact, be fitted with devices for the regulation of the processes, the decoupling of the automatic control and equipment for the manual ; service and, if applicable, Emergency stop.

10.1 In addition, such aid must be provided with instructions, diagrams, plans, e.l. material which, in the case of the failure of the automation or other exceptional circumstances, provides the basis for the full assessment of the security implications ; such measures or measures which may be necessary to protect health or safety at risk.

10.2 The text of the material and the instructions attached thereto shall be in Danish, unless otherwise followed by specific rules or by the Maritime Agency in the case of the Maritime Service.

10.3 The material shall be provided by the means or in relation to this in a manner appropriate to its use.

11 Technical aid, provided that security is dependent on the operating mode, must be provided with equipment for monitoring, control and control of such measures.

11.1 Monitoring and inspection bodies shall be suitably designed and suitably equipped with appropriate materials to operate reliability in a safe and sound health manner.

11.2 Monitoring and inspection bodies shall be so designed and arranged in such a way that they cannot be unintentionally unintentionally disposed of. Their display must be correct, clear and well lit. Reading and setting must be possible from an easily accessible place, and it must be possible to make necessary adjustments or replacement.

12 Where on or on a technical aid shall be carried out in the field of operation, maintenance, maintenance, inspection or other services, access and road roads, as well as work platforms, must be made to the extent necessary in order to make it possible to perform the traffic in respect of the operation, maintenance or other means of transport. These must be so designed and constructed, provided and clarified that their use is safe and sound in terms of health and safety.

Formation

13 Where the type or colour of a technical aid or part thereof may be considered to be of a security or health basis, it must be taken into account as far as possible.

14 Marking colors and symbols must be clear and sustainable and, in view of the view, an appropriate form and colouring of the aid must be sought in the whole of the aid.

15 Available parts of the aid shall be designed to the extent that its use in accordance with the provision allows it to be such that sharp corners, edges, ru surfaces o.l., which may cause personal injury, do not occur.

15.1 The design shall ensure, as far as possible, that the remedial can be easily cleanly cleaned and that the cleaning of and in the case of safety or health may occur without any risk.

16 A technical aid which may be considered to be subject to movement, transport, assembly and assembly must be taken into account and, where necessary, by means of devices so that moving can be carried out in the case of safety and, health-wise way.

Usage View

17 In the case of the provision of a technical aid instrument, such instructions are required to ensure that the aid may be used, transported and established in the field of safety and health, and shall be maintained in a regulatory condition. This includes the specifications, plans, diagrams and the operation of the auxiliary centre, information on hazards or other special conditions of the aid, including restrictions on use, which may affect health and safety ; the working environment and which is not common knowledge. It must also include information on any possible. special security measures necessary for the purposes of the use, transport, storage and maintenance of the aid centre ; In the case of personal protective equipment, the instructions for use shall be provided on their nature and use, in accordance with the rules which may have been granted.

18 The use of the instructions shall be complete and easily comprehensible to those which are to be taken into account. It must be drawn up in Danish, unless otherwise provided by special rules.

19 To the extent that it may have health or health matters, the instructions, essential parts thereof, or references to it must be specified directly on the ancillant or on the plate, opted to the e.l., to set up for this.

APPENDIX 2

Detail rules, cf. rule 10 (1). 1

Work tools used for lifting loads
Content
General
Act. 1-5
Loop creator
Act. 6-15
Hoist tools
Act. 16-22
Transportation tools
Act. 23-29
Mobile Work Tools
Act. 30-35

General

1 A disassemble or mobile work tool used for lifting loads shall be used in such a way as to ensure that the tool of all reliable conditions is stable under the use, taking into account the nature of the sub-layer.

2 The use of persons must be carried out only with work tools and accessories intended for this purpose.

The means of a machine used for lifting or moving persons shall be subject to check on each working day if, for example, because of the workplace or the height difference, a risk of dislocation of cabinine, basket or the like is incurred, and that is not ; if appropriate devices must be prevented from taking risks.

3 Measures must be taken to ensure that persons are not placed under any suspension unless necessary for the proper execution of the work.

Bypass must not be carried over to work areas, where people are normally residing if these areas are not protected.

However, if this is necessary for the appropriate execution of the work, appropriate procedures shall be laid down and applied, such as on the basis of a risk assessment / risk assessment.

4 Lifting and lifting accessories must be selected to match the burdens that are to be handled for grappling points, for hire and for weather conditions, and taking into account the operation and application of the uptick in a strapper. Aggregate comprehensive different lifting accessories must, if it is not dismantled after use, is clearly marked so that the user is given information about the technical characteristics.

5 Lifting and lifting accessories shall be stored in a manner that ensures that it is not damaged or destroyed.

Loop creator

6 These detailed rules shall apply to mechanical-driven onions, where the burden to be lifted is supported by a part of the loop. However, the exception of the provisions is elevators, etc. and lefters for the use of persons with reduced mobility.

7 Preparation and reduction of the trainsets shall be carried out only by competent inventors or under the management of a competent person. Setting and taking must take place defensible in accordance with the supplier &apos; s instructions.

8 Liability for the lefters intended for human lift shall be subjected to a static load test before taking into service,

8.1 significant remodel or repair,

8.2 means of exchange of means ;

8.3 each main inspection, and

8.4 new position, other than the new position of the same owner of remotonly solutions.

9 The test sample shall certify that the test has been carried out. This entry may be made in the ship &apos; s supervisory book.

10 Loading tests must be carried out in such a way as to :

10.1 the supporting parts are exposed to the most unfavourable loads, and

10.2 stability shall be tested in the most advantageous positions.

11 A maximum of 100 kilograms of maximum authorised workloads shall be charged to red-building personnel to load the lifting of a load by 50%, except where special circumstances apply.

12 Loosters shall not be used for passenger transport unless they are addressed to them.

13 Loop equipment unattended shall not be left with the engine running. When the tool is left unattended, the work control must and any possible. auxiliary equipment shall be placed in a responsible position. The engine must be protected against the intake of the person concerned.

14 Only persons who have work duties on the leftoards must be allowed or reside on this, and it must only be done on the appropriate access routes and work platforms unless the person in any other justifiable way is ensured. Before the driver is the dragon, no one must be allowed to go up in a loop.

15 At least every 12. month, the supplier or other competent person shall be subject to a main inspection.

Hoist tools

16 These detailed rules apply to the hejs of the hejare. If two or more horsepower used for the lifting of non-controlled burdens are installed or installed in a workplace in such a way that their working fields overlap, appropriate measures must be taken to prevent the use of : different burdens and different parts of work equipment are against each other.

17 It must be avoided that horsepower can tilt or tilt, and, if appropriate, that they can unrest or slip. It must be verified that these measures are counterproductive.

18 If the operator of a horse is not in a position to either directly or by means of aid devices giving him the necessary information to observe the whole range of movements of the burden, he shall be assisted by a signalling person and the work shall be organised in such a way as to avoid collisions that may endanger the people.

19 The work must be organised in such a way as to enable a person, under full security, to establish or unload a burden by hand, as the person concerned shall maintain direct or indirect control over the operation.

20 All herbal operations must be properly planned, monitored in an appropriate manner and in order to protect the safety of its employees.

Particularly if a burden is to be lifted simultaneously by two or more horsepower, a work procedure must be laid down and applied in order to ensure proper coordination between operators.

21 If a heyhead cannot be determined by whole or partial energy failures, appropriate measures must be taken to prevent risks from being exposed to risks.

Unburden burdens must always be under surveillance, unless access to the dangerous area is blocked and the burden has been tied and maintained in full reassuring way.

22 Exterior use of the hejones are to be interrupted immediately if the meteorological conditions are so bad that they are in addition to the security of the operation, and people are exposed to risks. Appropriate protective measures must be taken to ensure the protection of technical aids to prevent people from being exposed to risks.

Transportation tools

23 These detailed rules shall apply to mechanical-driven means of transport. Transport can take place horizontally, vertical or slot. However, the exception of the rules is elevators, etc and transport tools for use with persons with reduced mobility.

24 The setting up and the decommissioning of transporters may be carried out only by competent inventors or under the direction of a competent person. Setting and taking must take place defensible in accordance with the supplier &apos; s instructions.

25 Transport utensils may not be used for passenger transport unless they are addressed to them.

26 Transport utensils without supervision must not be left with the engine running. When the tool is left unattended, the work control must and any possible. auxiliary equipment shall be placed in a responsible position. The engine must be protected against the intake of the person concerned.

27 Only persons who have work duties on the means of transport must travel or stay on this, and it must only be done on the appropriate access routes and work platforms, unless the person in any other justifiable way is ensured. Before the driver is alert, no persons shall be allowed to enter a transport tool.

28 At least every 12. month, the supplier or other competent person shall be subject to a main inspection.

29 Used transport tools must undergo primary inspection before new ownership takes the tool in use. Means of transport which have been laid up shall be subject to the main inspection by means of the instrument of use.

Mobile Work Tools

30 The self-propelled working equipment may only be carried out by persons who have received adequate training in safe driving with such equipment.

31 If a work tool is moving in a workspace, appropriate traffic rules must be drawn up, and these must be followed.

32 Measures must be taken in connection with the organisation of work, so as to avoid the immediate situation in the same area as self-propelling work tools.

33 Where appropriate, adequate measures must be taken to prevent them from being harmed.

34 The carriage of persons on a mechanical powered mobile working vessel must be carried out only if the persons are placed on seats that are safe and are intended for such transport. If work is to be carried out during the run, the speed of necessary adjustment shall be adjusted.

35 A mobile working equipment with combustion engine may only be used in workspaces if it is ensured that there is adequate ventilation.

APPENDIX 3

Detail rules, cf. rule 10 (1). 1

Work equipment used for temporary work in height
Content
General
Act. 1-6
Using ascend
Act. 7-11
Using scaffolding
Act. 12-19
Using Rapelling
Act. 20-21

General provisions

1 Can temporary work not be carried out safely and under ergonomic adequate conditions from a suitable sublayer, using the provisions of rule 3, choose the work equipment that is best guaranteed and maintained to ensure working conditions.

1.1 Measures for collective protection must take precedence over measures for individual protection.

1.2 Work equipment must be dimensioned in the nature of the nature of the work, so that it can withstand any foreseeable effects and so that workers can be in a safe way.

1.3 The choice of the most appropriate type of access to temporary work platforms in the height is carried out taking account of how often and for how long the access road is to be used and how high it must be able to reach. The chosen type of access path must be able to be used for evacuation in the event of imminent danger. The passage from access routes to and from work platforms, tyres or entry bridges shall not offer any further faldrisici.

2 Use of ladder as work platform to perform work in the height shall be limited to situations where, taking into account item 1, it is not appropriate to use any other, more secure working equipment, because the risk is so poor, and either because the use is short-lived or because there are existing restrictions on the place of work which the employer cannot change.

3 Use of rebsupported work equipment (rapelling) may only be used in circumstances where the work under the work assessment may be carried out safely and where the use of other, safer work equipment is not appropriate. In the light of the risk assessment and, in particular, the duration of the work and of the ergonomic limitations of work, appropriate chairs must be provided.

4 In the light of the type of work equipment selected on the basis of the above, it establishes the best possible measures to minimise the risks to which workers are exposed when they are using this type of equipment. Where necessary, devices will be installed to ensure the safety of fall. Such devices must be designed in such a way and to have the strength necessary to prevent or halt the decline from heights and, as far as possible, prevent workers from getting hurt. The collective pitfalls must be broken only in places of access to and from ladders or stairways.

5 In the case of the execution of a special working task, the temporary removal of a collective pitfalls is required to replace it with other, effective safety measures. The work must not be carried out until these measures have been taken. Once the special task is completed or temporarily terminated, the collective pitfalls shall be restored.

6 Temporary work in the height may be carried out only when the movements and weather conditions of the seaman do not, incidentally, constitute a risk to the safety and health of workers.

Special provisions for the use of ladders

7 Stiger must be drawn up and surfing in such a way that their stability is guaranteed during its use. Loose ladders must support a stable, sustainable, solid underlayer of the appropriate size so that the steps are in a horizontal position. The hinges must be established in a responsible way and, apart from rebates, so that they cannot stagger and fluctuations are avoided.

8 Loose ladders must be ensured against encoding during use, either by making the additions either on top or below or by means of a typesafe device or in another such effective manner.

9 Access ladders shall be sufficiently higher than the level of access so that the upper part of the ladder can serve as a means of supporting ferries and from the ladder, unless there is another point of safety at the moment.

10 Increasing multiple sections and targets should be used in such a way as to ensure that the various elements cannot move in relation to each other during use. Mobile ladders must be assured prior to entry into service.

11 Stiger must be used in such a way that the worker may at all times have a secure support point and a secure focal point at its disposal. In particular, the worker must have a certain point of reference, even though he is carrying something in his hand, while he is on a ladder.

Special provisions for the use of scaffolding

12 If there is not a design calculation for the chosen scaffolding or if the design does not contain any specification of the proposed posts, a force and stability calculation must be carried out, unless : The scaffolding is in a standard form, which is universeally recognised.

13 In the interest of the complexity of the selected scaffolding, a competent person shall prepare a guide to the construction, decommissioning and use of the selected permits. The guidance may be a standard guide, supplemented by details of specific details of the specific scaffolding.

14 The supporting elements of the scope must be secured against the encoding process, either on the basis of the signing or by means of a typesafe device or other, equally effective method and the bearing of the bearding must have a sufficient capacity for carrying out.

15 The permissived must be stable.

16 During the execution of work in the height, the scrollscaffolding must be equipped with suitable devices preventing unintended movement. Rullescaffolds shall be used only in port.

17 The dimensions, shape and location of the scope of the consent covers must be proportionate to the nature of the work, to be proportionate to the exposure to which they are exposed and ensure that workers can be safely in the right of workers. Scafes must be fitted in such a way as to allow the elements to not be untitilated during normal use. There must be no inseparable space between the components of the tyre and the vertically placed collective parting equipment.

18 Where parts of a scaffolds are not in use, such as in the case of post, decommissioning or modification, general warning signs shall be set in accordance with Chapter VIII, and those parts shall physically be cut off to prevent access to The danger zone.

19 Scafes may only be established, taken down or amended to a greater extent under the management of a competent person and of workers who have received a special, adequate training in the operations envisaged, taking into account the specific risks ; in regulation 7, in particular in respect of :

19.1 Understanding the opamination, decommissioning and change instructions for the scaffolding.

19.2 Security of the setting up, decommissioning and modification of the scaffolding.

19.3 Measures to prevent the risk of persons or objects crashing down.

19.4 Safety measures in the event of changes in weather conditions which could endanger the safety of the scaffolding concerned.

19.5 Allowed strain conditions.

19.6 Other risks associated with the above setting, decommissioning and modification.

The person who leads the work and the workers concerned must have the training and depreciation guide referred to in paragraph 13, including all the instructions it may contain.

Special provisions for use of rebused work equipment (rapelling)

20 Use of rebsupported work equipment (Rapelling) must meet the following conditions :

20.1 use at least two ropes with each self-employed basis ; one used as a access road at up and down as well as bearer (working ropes) and the other as a safety device (ship security ropes) ;

20.2 the workers must be equipped with and using an appropriate climbed belt to link them to the security rope ;

20.3 the working rope must be fitted with a secure climber and decommissioning mechanism, and shall have an automatic blocking system, so that in case the user loses control of his movements, the system must be fitted with a system of automatic blood. The rope rope must be fitted with a mobile pitfalls that follows the movements of the worker ;

20.4 tools and other accessories used by the workers must be attached to their climbing belt or to their chair or otherwise provided in a different manner ;

20.5 the work must be planned and monitored effectively so that workers can immediately obtain assistance if it is needed ; and

20.6 the workers concerned must, as provided for in regulation 7, receive a specific adequate training in the performance of the relevant work, in particular in the relevant rescue procedures.

21 Under special conditions, the use of a single rope may be permitted if, on the basis of a workplace assessment, it may be established that the use of another rope would make the work more dangerous.


Chapter VII

Chapter VII

Personal protective equipment

Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
Definitions
Rule 3
Use of personal protective equipment
Rule 4
Employed persons

Section A Usage of personal protective equipment

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this Title shall apply to the use of personal protective equipment at work on board ships.

2 It is the responsibility of shipowners, employers, masters, masters and other persons working on board to ensure that the provisions of this Title are followed.

3 The formula contains provisions which are designed in the light of Council Directive no. 89 /656/EEC, EC Official Journal 1989 L 393, p. 18.

Rule 2 Definitions

1 In the case of personal protective equipment, all equipment intended to be used by workers in order to protect against one or more risks which may threaten their health and safety at work, as well as any accessories, which may threaten their health and safety at work, is understood ; serves this purpose.

2 Ordinary work equipment and uniforms, including clothing, are considered to be a personal protective equipment only to the extent that they are specially designed to protect the safety and health of the worker.

3 Non-alarm equipment, equipment for emergency and rescue services and transportable equipment to detect dangerous and harmful substances shall not be used as a personal protective device.

Regulation 3 The use of personal protective equipment

1 If the work is not otherwise planned, the organisation shall be organised and carried out in the field of safety and health in accordance with the requirements of the system. in the case of a personal protective equipment, chapter I, section A on board ship, must be carried out only if personal protective equipment is used.

2 Personal protective equipment shall be used in accordance with the instructions and shall be used immediately at the start of the work and to the extent of the work.

3 The operator shall ensure that the user is able to use the equipment properly and is aware of the risks of the use of the equipment to protect against.

4 The personal protective equipment used shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Safety requirements applicable to personal protective equipment in accordance with the provisions of the Work in Work in Directive. Personal protective equipment, acquired by ships outside the European Union, must be of equivalent level.

5 The ship shall make personal protective equipment available to the crew.

6 The appropriate means must be appropriate to ensure that, in addition to the protection of the intended protection, the person concerned does not inadvertenate unnecessary genes.

7 The appropriations must be used to the appropriate extent and without losing its impact, together with other equipment and remedial remedies.

8 The landings must be maintained, stored and used in accordance with the manufacturer &apos; s instructions.

9 If, owing to several risks, it is necessary to carry several personal protective equipment at the same time, they must be able to be carried without losing their effect in relation to each risk.

10 The shipowner shall bear the costs of procurement, maintenance and the maintenance of the personal protective equipment and ownership of this property.

11 Where the use of personal protective equipment makes a change of clothes necessary, the workers on board must be able to have adequate facilities for dressing and storing normal clothing.

12 In the case of personal protective equipment by accommoding or ferventing areas, this must be clearly shown in signs of signs.

13 The work must be organised in the interests of physical and mental stress, the inconvenience of each of the forms of work relating to the use of personal protective equipment and personal protective capacity of personal protective equipment.

Rule 4 Employed persons

1 Workers must use the personal protective equipment delivered immediately at the start of the work and to the extent of the work in question.

2 The workers must help ensure that the equipment is counterproductive, including notifying any errors and deficiencies to a member of the security group, the manager, the master or the shipowner.


Chapter VIII

Chapter VIII

Signal (Signal) Signal, Security Signage, Rating and Character Addiction

TITLE A
Minimum requirements for signalling, security signalling, marking and drawing-up
Rule 1
Signals
Rule 2
Security Separate
Rule 3
labelling of containers and pipe systems
Rule 4
Branding and location of fire-extinguishing equipment
Rule 5
Detagging of obstacles and places that present a danger, as well as road traffic routes
Rule 6
Light signalling devices
Rule 7
Audio signals
Rule 8
Oral instructions
Rule 9
Drawing

Section A Minimum provisions for signalling, security signalling, marking and drawing-up

This section shall implement the Community Directive of 24. In June 1993, on minimum safety and health advice, under the work (ninende specific directive, in accordance with Article 16 (1). 1 in Directive 89 /391/EEC).

Regulation 1 Signal (Signals)

1 Preliminary remarks

1.1 When signaling in relation to safety and health is required in accordance with the general provisions of Article 3 of this Directive, it shall comply with the specific requirements laid down in Articles 2 to 9.

1.2 This Annex introduces these requirements, the different types of use of signalling in relation to safety and health are described, and the general rules on alternative and complementary use are mentioned.

1.3 The transmission of safety and health must be used only to provide the message or information specified in the Directive.

2 Different forms of the signal

2.1 Permanent signalling

2.1.a) In the context of bans, warnings and injuns and the location and identification of rescue and first aid equipment, permanent signalling shall be used in the form of safety signs.

2.1.b) To show where the fire-extinguishing equipment is located and what kind of equipment is involved, permanent security signs and / or marking of safety colours shall be used.

2.1.c) The labelling on containers and pipes shall be carried out as provided for in regulation 3.

2.1.d) The signalling of obstacles to which you may encounter and signalling where there is a risk of crashing down must be a permanent signalling in the form of safety signs and / or marking of safety colours.

2.1.e) The marking of road roads must be permanent and must be carried out by means of a safety colour.

2.2 Occasional signalling

2.2.1 Signing of acute hazards, calls for persons to carry out specific tasks and the evacuation of persons is a form of occasional signalling to which signalling devices, sound signals and / or oral instructions are to be used, and there are, shall be taken into account the alternative and supplementary application referred to in paragraph 1. 3.

2.2.2 The Dirigeration of Persons performing manoeuvres, which poses a risk or risk, is a form of occasional signalling to be carried out by means of signs and / or oral instructions.

3 Alternative and complementary use of signalling

3.1 If the effect is the same, there may be a free choice between :

-safety colours or security badge to indicate the risks associated with uneventness or high differences

-light-signalling devices, sound signals and oral instructions ;

-the signing and the oral instructions.

3.2 Some forms of signalling may be used simultaneously, namely :

-light-signalling devices and sound signals

-light-signalling devices and oral instructions

-the signing and the oral instructions.

4 The setting of the following forms shall apply to all types of signalling in which a safety coloring is used.

Color
Pit
Details-Details
Prohibition
Dangerous behavior
Red
Hazard Alarm
Stopping, stopping, emergency breakers.
Evacuation
Fire-extinguishing equipment and equipment
Identification and location of the location
Yellow / Orange
Warning.
Attention, caution, testing, testing.
Blue
Poopenings
Special act or action-injuns for use of personal protective equipment
Green
Rescue measures, first aid
Doors, means of escape, equipment, rescue and / or first aid stations, premises ;
No danger anymore.
The reversal to normal conditions

5 The effect of a given form of signalling shall not be impaided because of :

5.1 the presence of a different signal or a different light or sound source of the same kind, which may be disrupting the eyes or the hearing, which means, in particular, the following :

5.1.a) to avoid placing too many signs in the immediate vicinity of one another,

5.1.b) not at the same time the use of two light-signalling devices which may be confused ;

5.1.c) no light signal shall be used in the vicinas of another less-powerful light source,

5.1.d) not at the same time, two sound signals are used ;

5.1.e) the fact that the background noise is too powerful is not allowed to be used ;

5.2 means or means of signalling devices in a poor format, in an inadequate location, in a bad state or with a malfunctioning function.

6 Means shall be carried out, maintained, tested, repaired and, where appropriate, replaced, in accordance with the circumstances, in order to maintain their particular characteristics and keep their characteristics in a functioning state.

7 The number and location of the means or devices intended to be used must be adjusted to the extent of the risks or hazards involved or in the area concerned.

8 Signals requiring energy supply must be connected to another source of energy in the event of disruption of the normal power supply unless the risk disappears at the same time as the power supply is disconnected.

9 A light-and / or sound signal indicates that the initiation has started a planned action ; and the duration of the signalling shall correspond to the duration of the operation. The light or sound signals must be recoated immediately after each use.

10 The light and sound signals must be subject to inspection before inspection to establish whether they are in operational condition and are counterproductive, such equipment shall be tested at regular intervals therly.

11 In cases where the workers affected have made an opportunity to hear or see, for example, using personal protective equipment, appropriate measures must be taken to supplement or replace the signal as provided for in the case of the said authorities.

12 Areas, spaces, or sealing used for the storage of large quantities of dangerous substances or preparations must be specified with an appropriate warning sign, selected among the signs in regulation 2 (3). 3.2, or be marked in accordance with Rule 3 (3). 1, unless the labels on the packaging themselves or the canisters are sufficient for this purpose.

Rule 2 Safety Separis

1 Essential requirements

1.1 In the case of design and colour elections, the safety signs shall be in accordance with paragraph 1. 3, corresponding to the purpose of the individual security signs (Prohibition, warning signs, signposts, life signs and fire-extinguishing materials.).

1.2 The pictograms must be as simple as possible and details that do not contribute to understanding must be omitted.

1.3 The pictograms used may differ a bit from or made more detailed than the illustrations referred to in paragraph 1. 3, provided that they have a similar meaning and will not be more difficult to understand.

1.4 The safety signs shall be constructed of a material that can best withstand the impact, adverse weather conditions and other workloads from the surrounding environment.

1.5 The safety signs shall be such as the size and color and light properties of such a kind, that the signs are readily visible and understood.

2 Use of security signs

2.1 The safety signs must in principle be located at a height and in a manner appropriate to the point of view, taking into account any obstacles, either at the entry into an area where it is generally risky to travel, or in close proximity to a given risk or object, and shall be positioned at a well-lit, easily accessible and conspicued location.

Without prejudice to Directive 89 /654/EEC, where the natural lighting is inadequate, the illuminating or artificial lighting shall be used in the light of illuminating materials.

2.2 When the situation that justified the statement of the security badge is no longer available, the security badge must be removed.

3 Badges

3.1 Procurement signs

Essential requirements :

-Rounding shape

black pictogram on a white bottom, red border and red beam, moving downwards from left to right cross over the pictogram at 45 ° compared to the horizontal. The red colour must cover at least 35% of the surface of the surface.

AU3814_2_6.jpg

3.2 Warning signs

Essential requirements :

-Triangular shape

Black pictogram on yellow bottom, black border. The yellow color must cover at least 50% of the surface of the source.

AU3814_2_7.jpg

(1) Unless a special high temperature plate is present.

AU3814_2_8.jpg

(*) This badge is covered by Council Directive 90 /679/EEC of 26. In November 1990 on the protection of workers from the dangers of being exposed to biological agents during the work (Seventh Specific Directive in accordance with Article 16 (2). 1, in Directive 89 /391/EEC) (OJ No C, nr. L 374, 31.12.1990, p. 1).

(**) The bottom of the separator may be orange if this color is justified because there is a corresponding traffic sign.

3.3 Procurement signs

Essential requirements :

-Rounding shape

-White pictogram on the blue floor. The blue color must cover at least 50% of the surface of the source.

AU3814_2_9.jpg

3.4 Lifesigns

Essential requirements :

-rectangular or quack,

-White pictogram on the green floor. The green colour must cover at least 50% of the surface of the source.

AU3814_2_10.jpg

3.5 Fire-extinguishing equipment paried

Essential requirements :

-rectangular or quack,

-White pictogram on the red floor. The red colour must cover at least 50% of the surface of the source.

AU3814_2_11.jpg

Regulation 3 Alabelling of containers and pipes

1 Beholders used on the workplace and containing dangerous substances or preparations as defined in Council Directive 67 /548/EEC 1) and 88 /379/EEC, 2) and containers used for the storage of such dangerous substances or preparations, as well as visible pipes containing or leading such dangerous substances and preparations must be marked by a labelling / labelling (pictogram or symbol ; a bottom colour laid down in these Directives.

The first subparagraph shall not apply to containers used for the duration of the work or containers whose content is replaced frequently, provided that appropriate alternative measures are taken, e.g. in the form of notification, training, or instruction that guarantees the same level of protection.

The marking referred to in the first subparagraph may :

-is replaced by warning signs, as shown in regulation 2, with the same pictogram or symbol

-supplemented with additional information such as the name and / or formula of the dangerous substance or preparation, and details of the risk ;

in the case of the carriage of containers at the workplace, the signs used in the Community in the case of the transport of dangerous substances and preparations are replaced by the signs used in the Community.

2 The marking must be positioned as follows :

-on the visible side or the visible side ;

-in the form of signs, self-clingy marks or on painters.

3 The essential requirements as referred to in regulation 2 (2). 1.4, as well as the provisions of regulation 2 (3). 2, concerning the use of placards, where appropriate, shall also apply to the labelling / labelling referred to in paragraph 1. 1 in this Annex.

4 The marking of pipes shall be affixed at a visible site in the vicinas of the places which most hazard, such as valves and collections, and with appropriate spaces, cf. however, paragraph 1 One, two and three.

5 Areas, spaces, or sealing used for the storage of large quantities of dangerous substances or preparations must be specified with an appropriate warning sign, selected among the signs in regulation 2 (3). 3.2, or be marked in accordance with Rule 3 (3). 1, unless the labels on the various packaging or containers are sufficient for this purpose in the light of Annex II (s). 1.5, on the scale.

Replacements of a number of dangerous substances or preparations may be indicated by a warning sign of general danger.

The above signs or marking / labelling shall be placed under the storage area or in the door into the storage space where the issue is placed on the grounds or on the grounds of storage.

Regulation 4 Waste and location of extinguishing equipment

1 Preliminary remark

This rule shall apply to machinery which is used exclusively for the final firing of fire.

2 Fire-extinguishing equipment shall be marked in colour and its location must be indicated by means of a sign and / or a colour marking of the areas where it is located or at the entry to these.

3 For the marking of this equipment, red is used.

The red colour must cover such a large part of the surface that the equipment is easily recognizable.

4 You rule 2, paragraph 1. The signs concerned shall be used to show the location of this equipment.

Regulation 5 Detagging of obstacles and places that present a danger, along with road traffic routes,

1 The marking of obstacles and places that present a hazard

1.1 The sites on the premises of a company that workers are in the process of doing in their work and where there is a risk of exposure to obstacles or the risk of falling items or that people may fall down must be marked by : the help of yellow and black stripes or red and white striped tapes.

1.2 The dimensions of the marking must be adjusted to the size of the obstacle or the place that poses a hazard.

1.3 The yellow and black or red and white stripes must be given a heel of approximately EUR 5 000. 45 and must be approximately equal to broad.

1.4 For example :

AU3814_2_12.jpg

2 Road-roads marking

2.1 Where the use and equipment of the local premises make it necessary for the protection of workers, road traffic routes used by vehicles must be clearly marked with an uninterrupted stripe in a clear colour, preferably white or yellow, selected taking into account the use of the vehicle ; the colour of the sublet.

2.2 The position of the stripes shall be taken into account for the safety of the vehicles and objects located near the vehicle and between pedestrians and vehicles.

2.3 In the case of free air in the premises of the undertaking, the route of free air shall also be marked as necessary, except where they are defined or dilired in an appropriate manner.

Rule 6 Liabilities

1 Essential requirements

1.1 The light being sent out by a signal shall, taking into account the conditions for use thereof, form an appropriate contrast to the environment without blinding because of a lack of light density and without being difficult to see due to insufficient inadequcations ; Light density.

1.2 The luminous surface from which a signal is sent can be unicoloured or equipped with a pictogram on a specific background color.

1.3 The standardise bottom must be in accordance with the list of the importance of the colour listed in Rule 1 (1). 4.

1.4 If a signal is fitted with a pictogram, then this must be in accordance with the rules applicable to the security sign in question, as specified in regulation 3.

2 Special rules applicable to use

2.1 If a device can emit a constant and a blinking light signal, the light signal shall be signalling in relation to the constant light signal, indicate a higher level of danger, or that it is more urgent to take action.

In a flashing signalling signal, each blink of an indicator shall be so long and the blink of an eye shall be such that :

-that the message is understood to be fully

and any confusion with other light-signalling devices or a constant light-signalling device.

2.2 If a signal signal is used instead of or with an audio signal, an identical signalling code must be used.

2.3 Where light signals are provided for the indication of critical hazards, they shall be subject to special control or equipped with a reserve lamp.

Rule 7 Noise signals

1 Essential requirements

1.1 A sound signal shall :

1.1.a) be clearly higher than the ambient noise, so that it can be heard, but it must not be unnecessarily high or painful,

1.1.b) Amongst other things, in the case of an impulse-length, separation between impulses and impulses, they are easily recognizable and clearly different from some other sound, some of the other sounds in the environment.

1.2 If an installation may send a sound and uniform frequency, the variant frequency shall be used in relation to the consistent frequency to indicate a higher level of fari or greater necessity of the intervention or action that : requested or required.

2 Codes

Evacuation signals must be off-the-side.

Rule 8 Mundal instructions

1 Essential requirements

1.1 An oral report, in the form of short messages, phrases, proverbs and / or isolated words, may be sent from the speaker to one or more of the public.

1.2 Oral messages must be as short, simple and clear as possible ; the speaker must be sufficiently in a position to formulate and the public or belong to the public sufficient to hear the oral instructions ; is perceived.

1.3 The oral report shall be sent directly using the human voice, or indirectly, using the human voice or a synthetic voice sent via a intended apparatus or plant.

2 Special rules applicable to use

2.1 The staff affected must know the language used to be able to send out and fully understand the verbal message and, on the basis of the message, to be able to take action as required in terms of safety and health.

2.2 Where oral instructions are used instead of or as a supplement to the character, use of the word codes, such as :

-start : to specify that the manager is overtaken

-stop : to terminate or end the movement

-closure : to finalise the manoeuvres ;

-Up to the weight of a burden

-Down to a burden.

-forward :

-back :

-to the right : the direction of movement must be coordinated ;

-to the left : with the corresponding sign-up ;

-danger to set emergency stop

-fast to speed a movement of security.

Rule 9 Enrisation

1 Claim

Drawing must be precise, simple, consist of big movements, be easy to perform and to understand and be absolutely unique.

If both arms are used simultaneously, they must be used symmetrically, and only one sign may be given at a time.

Under the assumption that the above requirements are met, the characters used may differ slightly from or be more detailed than the characters listed in paragraph 1. 3, if their importance and understanding are at least as clear.

2 Special rules for use of characters

2.1 The person who emits a signal, known as the signalling, gives in conjunction with the maneuver of a burden of instructions, by means of signs of a receiver called operator.

2.2 The signalling man must be able to see what needs to be manoeuvred and follow the manoeuvring with the eyes, without putting him at risk in the process of maneuvertising.

2.3 The signalling man must concentrate solely on giving instructions on the manoeuvring and the safety of the workers who are in immediate vicinity.

2.4 Where the conditions set out in paragraph 1 are subject to the provisions of paragraph In 2.2, more signalling devices must be used.

2.5 The operator must stop during the maneuver to request new instructions when he does not carry out the orders received in a sufficiently safe manner.

2.6 Accessories for character

The signalkeeper must be easily recognized by the operator.

The signaling man shall wear one or more garments or similar devices that make him easy recognizable, such as the jacket, helmet, manchetter, armband, or bear with lollipop.

The garments referred to above or similar shall have a strong colour, preferably the same color, used exclusively by the signalling man.

3 Codes to be used when drawing signs

Preliminary remark :

The code listed below does not preclude the use of other code systems in the field of special areas of activity if these codes are applied at Community level and relate to the same maneuvers.

Pit
Description
Illustration
A. Ordinary movements
STARTUP
Ready
Compendeposition of drawing
Both arms are held horizontally to the sides, the palms are reversed
AU3814_2_13.jpg
STOP!
Interruption
Termination of the Movement
The right hand is stretched up, the palm of the palm is turning forward
AU3814_2_14.jpg
TERMINATION
the maneuvers
The two hands grab each other in the chest cavity.
AU3814_2_15.jpg
B. Vertical movements
UP
The right hand is stretched up, the palm is turning forward, and there is a slow circular movement.
AU3814_2_16.jpg
DOWN
The right hand is stretched down, the palm is turning into the body, and a slow circular movement is carried out.
AU3814_2_17.jpg
VERTICAL DISTANCE
The hands indicate distance
AU3814_2_18.jpg
C. Horizontal movements
FORWARD.
Both arms bent, the palms are reversed, the subarm is slowly moving towards the body.
AU3814_2_19.jpg
BACK
Both arms bent, the palms are revered, the lower arms are slowly moving away from the cup.
AU3814_2_20.jpg
TO THE RIGHT
seen in relation to the signalling man
The right arm is stretched to the horizontal position, the palm of the surface, and small, slow movements in that direction are carried out ;
AU3814_2_21.jpg
TO LEFT
seen in relation to the signalling man
The left arm stretches to the horizontal position, the palm of the surface, and small, slow movements in that direction are carried out ;
AU3814_2_22.jpg
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
The hands indicate distance
AU3814_2_23.jpg
D. Fare
DANGER
Emergency stop
Both arms stretching upwards with palms facing ahead.
AU3814_2_24.jpg
QUICK MOVEMENT
The drawing is carried out with rapid movements
SLOW MOTION.
The drawing is carried out with slow movements

Chapter IX

Chapter IX

Studies, disease treatment and ship medicine

TITLE A
Work Medical Surveys
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
General provisions
Rule 3
Investigation methods, results, etc.
Rule 4
Payment
TITLE B
Disease treatment and medicine on board ships
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
Records and books, etc.
Rule 3
the quantity of medicinal products and medical devices ;
Rule 4
Supplement to category A, B and C
Rule 5
Procurement, shipping and delivery of medicinal products and medical devices
Rule 6
Containment and control of medicinal products and medical equipment on board
Rule 7
Disease practitioners
Rule 8
Radio Medical Denmark
Rule 9
Disease treatment
Rule 10
Extradition of medicinal products
Rule 11
Training
Rule 12
Duties
Rule 13
Greenland
Appendix 1
Provisions relating to mobile reanimation equipment and oxygen tanks
Appendix 2
Training requirements
Appendix 3
Hire-stretcher
Appendix 4
Medicine and medical devices for MOB boats : Supplementing Category M
Appendix 5
Protecting and first-aid equipment in certain ships with the possibility of contact with gas : SupplementType G
Appendix 6
Supplement to medicinal products and medical equipment Farwater gliders &apos; coastline &apos; s : SupplementType F

Section A Work medical examinations

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this Title shall apply to medical examinations of workers employed on board ships, insofar as they are not covered by the Work in the Working Environment on the Work Environment.

2 The provisions of this Regulation are designed to ensure that workers are able to carry out a working medical examination.

3 Studies in accordance with these regulations must be organised and implemented in order to prevent and combat working conditions of labour.

4 This Title contains provisions which are drawn up on the basis of Council Directive 89 /391/EEC of 12. In June 1989, the implementation of measures to improve the safety and health of workers at work, the Community Official Journal of 1989, L 183 p. 1, Council Directive 90 /394/EEC of 28. In June 1990 on the protection of the workers against the ricisi for under work to be exposed to carcinogens, the Community Official Journal 1990, L 196 s. 1, and Directive 2000 /54/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18. September 2000 on the protection of workers from the risks of exposure to biological agents during work, the Official Journal 2000, L 262 s. 21.

Regulation 2 General provisions

1 The Maritime Agency may decide that an employer (hereinafter referred to as the company &apos; s), as a condition for dealing with workers at work on board ships associated with the danger of their health, make sure that they undergo medical treatment ; studies or offered, where appropriate, periodically and, if necessary, before commencement of the work as well.

2 The Maritime Agency may, where the work is associated with particular disease risks, make demands that the workers be vaccinated or offered vaccination as a condition for employment.

3 Similar provisions may be taken for groups of workers whose work is related to health hazard.

4 If, in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, if an anomaly is found to be caused by exposure to the work, the Maritime Maritime Agency may decide that others, including former employed workers, who are employed under work, a ship has been subjected to an impact of the same species, must be provided for examination.

5 In cases where the Maritime Maritime Service assesses that conditions in a ship may present a danger to the health of workers, the Management Board may be able to make use of the work medical examinations of the person concerned.

6 Similar labour medical examinations may be carried out for specific areas, in accordance with the opinion of the Maritime Safety Agency or the Fisheries Agency &apos; s Agency.

7 It may be determined that an examination shall be carried out in accordance with paragraph 5 and 6 shall be offered to workers who are employed in the past.

8 The shipowner shall communicate to the one who is conducting the investigation all the necessary information for this purpose.

Rule 3 Investigation methods, results etc.

1 Medical testing methods and so on shall be used in accordance with the provisions of regulation 1 (1). 2 and 3, and shall be carried out by experts.

2 The medical examinations must be carried out by medical clinics or departments, including work medical facilities, or by other similar experts.

3 The implementation of labour medical examinations of workers located outside the European Union must be of equivalent level, as referred to in paragraph 1. One and two.

4 The survey results shall be submitted by the person responsible for the investigation of the Maritime Service within three months after the results of the survey are available and shall inform the worker of the findings on the result. This request shall be communicated to the worker concerned in writing.

5 The test results must not be handed over to the shipowner.

6 The Maritime Agency shall inform the shipowner of the results of the results of the results.

7 The findings of the medical examinations shall keep the findings of an employee together with the records of the records located for this purpose for at least 40 years after the impact of the work has been discharged. The storage and possible disclosure of the material shall, by the way, follow the instructions given by the Work with the Work environment, which may, if applicable, have a shorter retention time.

8 An employee may, at any time, demand to be made aware of the items referred to in paragraph 1. 7 mentioned information.

Policy 4 Payment

1 Where, in accordance with the provisions of this Title, work medical examinations of workers on board ships shall keep the shipowner on which the expenditure shall be borne. This also applies to the costs of investigations of former employees, unless such a study has been initiated in accordance with Rule 2 (2). 7.

2 The shipowner shall ensure that the examinations can be carried out without any loss of loss to workers and that the studies as far as possible may be carried out during working hours.

3 If a study includes former workers on board a ship and a current reposition as a result of paragraph 1. 2 where appropriate, the costs shall be compensated for by the one holding the expenditure on the work medical examination.

Section B Disease treatment and medicine on board ships

Regulation 1 Use

1 The formula applies to all ships with the exception of :

1.1 Open vessels.

1.2 Ships that go fast, not over a half-hour duration in the lake.

1.3 Free-time vessels used for non-business purposes and are not stafned by a professional crew.

1.4 Shorts vessels and other vessels operating in port areas.

1.5 Warships.

2 In the event that the ship &apos; s operative application is deemed to be required, the Maritime Agency may, irrespective of the derogations referred to in paragraph 1. Paragraph 1 shall lay down detailed rules for a ship or ship &apos; s equipment with :

2.1 Medicinal products, medical equipment and training.

2.2 treatment spaces, including the decor and associated facilities.

3 This Title contains provisions which are designed in the light of Council Directive 92/29/EEC on minimum safety and health requirements in order to improve medical assistance on board ships, 1992 L 113 s. 19.

Regulation 2 Records and books, etc.

1 Each ship shall provide medicinal products and medical equipment whose scope is fixed by categories A, B and C, cf. rule 3, as well as supplementary type CR, P, M, F, and G, cf. Rule four.

Any ship approved for navigation by dangerous goods shall supplement medicinal products and medical equipment, cf. rule 4 "Dangerous goods".

2 For the current category and continuation-type, on board a publication is known as the " Inventory, control and user guide &quot;, hereinafter referred to as the &apos; the inventory &apos;.

3 A list of the records referred to in paragraph 1. 1 the categories and supplementary types shall be published as special publications, which are referred to as &apos; Inventory, control and user guide of medicinal products and medical equipment category A ` respective B, C and supplementary type CR and P. In addition, a common list of all categories (hereinafter referred to as &apos; the Community inventory of medicinal products and medical equipment on board ships ` shall be published. Supplement types M, F, and G are listed as annexes in this penmanship.

4 In ships to be fitted with either a list of categories A or B, a copy of the official medical book by the Maritime Service shall be provided on board, and a copy of the copy of the seagoing sheet. In addition, on board one of the Maritime Maritime Medical records shall be authorized to use in ships for diseases and accidents, including the temperature schemas and diagnostic notes.

The above applies also to ships with both the register of C and supplementary type P.

5 In ships to be equipped with a list of category A shall, where on board the non-speaking, non-speaking crew, medical book and book A (User Guide) shall also be available in English.

6 You rule 2, paragraph 1. 2 the published publications shall not exclude the use of electronic medium provided that the publication can be read on board.

Regulation 3 MLength of medicinal products and medical devices

1 The quantity of medicinal products and medical equipment to be found on board depends on the ship &apos; s speed and the number of tables, as indicated below :

Category A :

Ships used for sailing or fishing at sea and may be sailing on a slow pace.

Passenger ships authorized to occupy more than 100 passengers and which are in the sea of more than 4 hours in the lake.

Category B :

Ships which sail off the coasts of the countries of the European Union and Norway at a distance of less than 150 miles from the nearest port, which have the necessary medical equipment. Can be extended to vessels operating at a distance of less than 175 nautical miles from the nearest port, which have the necessary medical equipment if the ship is currently within the scope of the rescue chopper.

Category C :

Ships used for sailing in sea areas A1, in a distance not exceeding 25 nautical miles from the coasts of the EU/EEA.

2. Mobile resuscitation equipment, cf. in category A and B, for category C, mobile resuscitation equipment shall be included in the case of a mobile device :

2.1 is classified in The IMDG Code and sailing with dangerous goods.

2.2 has requirements for continuation type P.

3. The medicinal products and the medical equipment must be present at the beginning of every journey in the prescribed quantities. If any use is made during the voyage, the replacement must be replaced as soon as the opportunity is given.

4. The prescribed quantities of medicinal products and medical devices are minimum quantities. The master of the master shall decide whether to include a greater quantity than set forth in the ship &apos; s inventory ;

Regulation 4 Supplement to categories A, B and C

1 Lifeboats and rafts : SupplementType CR

1.1 A ship lifeboats and rafts shall be equipped with medicinal products and medical equipment, as provided for in the publication SupplementType CR. For all ships lifeboats and rafts, a general publication of the SupplementType CR may be used. Publication must be on board the ship.

1.2 Medicinal products and medical devices for lifeboats and rafts shall be kept in watertight packaging, which shall be marked in an ivory manner with the signature &apos; SupplementType CR &apos;, and the expiry date of the medicinal product with the shortest shelf life.

1.3 Medicinal products included in the SupplementType CR and delivered in glass receptacles shall be coatede.

1.4 In the continuation-type CR, one of the Sea Fargo Authority shall be authorized to water beaver to be published as a special publication, referred to as &apos; Medicinal Products for Lifeboats and Lifeboats &apos;. The water-dusted guidance must be packed in the CR coffin.

1.5 The inspection of medicinal products and medical equipment shall be carried out by the statutory serviceman service for life-boats and rafts.

1.6 Excepts may, exceptionally, be postponed for a maximum period of five months.

2 Passenger ships : SupplementType P

2.1 A passenger ship must, as part of the ship &apos; s medical equipment, lead to a first aid kit and additional medicinal products, where :

2.1.1 The Passenger ship has permission to occupy more than 100 passengers, and leaves in a hurry for half an hour in the lake.

2.2 The first aid shall be provided for in a specific publication, hereinafter referred to as &apos; Inventory, control and user guide of medicinal products and equipment in first aid ash, SupplementType P. Contents of SupplementType P are taken then to the extent possible from the ship &apos; s other stock of medicinal products and medical equipment.

2.3 The one in paragraph 1. 2 that publication shall be found on board those of the first paragraph. 1.1 included passenger ships.

3 Skies with requirements for a MOB boat : SupplementType M

3.1 The ship &apos; s man-overboard-both (MOB boats) must be equipped with medical equipment, as laid down in Appendix 4 SupplementType M.

3.2 The equipment shall be taken as far as possible from the other &apos; s other stock.

3.3 If the MOB boat works as a lifeboat, it must also be equipped with medicines and medical equipment similar to a lifeboat SupplementType CR.

4 Ships with the possibility of fiscation or contact with gas : SupplementType G

4.1 Fishing vessels fishing with the bottom-loading gear or nets fixed at sea bed, rescue ships, fishing inspection vessels and environmental vessels shall in the areas identified in Annex 5 with the possibility of fishing and / or contact with the gas must have been equipped with protective and first aid equipment as provided for in Annex 5.

5 Supplement to ships transporting dangerous goods :

5.1 A ship authorized to transport dangerous goods classified in respect of The IMDG Code ("International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code") must be complementary to that in regulation 2, paragraph 1. Paragraph 1 referred to in the case of medicinal products and medical equipment in accordance with any applicable continuation lists contained in "Designation, control and use of medicinal products and medical equipment category A", respective, B and C.

5.2 In ships transporting dangerous goods, cf. The IMDG Code and the BC Code shall be provided at any time applicable to the MFAG ("Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods").

6 Hazefilers &apos; lifeboats : SupplementType F

6.1 The shores of vessels equipped with medicinal products and medical equipment by category C shall be complemented by the medicinal products and medical equipment, as described in Annex 6.

Regulation 5 Procurement, shipping and delivery of medicinal products and medical devices

1 In accordance with the applicable notification to the shipbuilding of the shipbuilding and the reimportation of medicinal products at the port of foreign harbour &apos;, the initial purchase of medicinal products for new buildings and ships shall be carried out in a Danish, pharmacy.

2 Completion (Fullfillment) of the ship's medical coffin may be carried out at the pharmacy of other EU/EEA country or third country subject to the proper operation of the correct escheting procedure, cf. &apos; The term &apos; shall mean the category A, B, C, and the continuation type of carriage, P, and Dangerous Gods, and Annex 3, Annex 4, Annex 5 and Annex 6.

3 The governing board may offer to ship drivers and shipowners to submit documentation to make it necessary to prevent and-processing on board persons.

4 The purchases of medicinal products and medical equipment shall be requested in writing by the shipowner or the master. The requisition shall indicate the craft and supplement type of purchase or the complete issue.

5 The pharmacy must, on the request of the shipowner or the master &apos; s request, supply the medicinal products listed in the records and of Annex

6 Medicinal products shall be provided with printed or mechanical information as provided in the Consignments.

7 Across the medicinal products supplied to the ship and medical equipment, the pharmacy shall be prepared to provide documentation as a result of the delivery.

8 The Pharmacy shall ensure that medicinal products and medical equipment are suitably packaged, including safe from condensous and weather conditions.

9 The pharmacy must ensure that medicinal products for the special requirements for the storage temperature are properly stored until the ship receives the medicinal products.

10 Medicinal products and sterile medical equipment must at the time be at least 70% of its durability period back.

11 Medicinal products must keep a quality level compatible with it at any time, the WHO applicable the WHO version of "Certification Scheme on the Quality of Pharmaceutical Products Moving in International Commerce".

12 The medical kit must be the CE mark. The information on the medical equipment must be written in Danish or English.

13 Manufacturers of inflatable life-rafts and the management of service stations, carrying out inspections and repackaging of fleets, may in writing and against the presentation of the authorisation of the Medicinal Products Management Board of Directors for life-rafts prescribed.

14 The requirements of this described in Annex 3 shall be those of the ships in which they are requirements.

Regulation 6 Storage and control of medicinal products and medical equipment on board

1 Only medicinal products and medical devices forming part of the ship &apos; s equipment in accordance with the applicable register and applicable supplementary inventories and the supplementary types of supplementary supplementary types shall be provided on board.

2 The medicinal products and the medical equipment must be organised and numbered according to the guides in force in the register and in the authorized medical book of the Maritime Maritime Service.

3 Medicinal products and sterile medical equipment must be stored in the original packaging.

4 Medicinal products and medical equipment must be affixed to a moisture, strong cold and warmth safe space. The maintenance requirements set out in the guide &apos; s manual must be complied with.

5 Resources for the control of insects and pests and antiseptic substances with corrosive properties may not be stored in conjunction with medicinal products and medical devices.

6 Each member of the crew shall inform the master or the agent of the disease in the case of medicinal products at the time of the detection of the vessel.

7 Inherit medicinal products shall be entered in the register and on the request of the disease &apos; s request, together with the ship &apos; s other inventory of medicinal products.

8 Medicinal products and medical equipment shall be subject to inspection by the master &apos; s measure at least once a year. I need to document the surveillance. The documentation is certified by the master.

9 The purpose of the investigation is to complement the inventory of medicinal products and medical devices, and to ensure that durability times are not exceeded and that equipment or packaging is not damaged or corroded ..

10 Where there is doubt on the quality of the medicinal product or the quality of equipment, this is replaced.

11 In the case of the reception of medicinal products and equipment from a pharmacy, the master or the disease handler shall check that the complete receipt is in order in accordance with the applicable register that the medicinal products are provided with a text following the instructions of regulation 5 (3). 6 that the product's durability meets the determination, cf. rule 5 (5), 9 and 10, and that the packaging is intact and without any damage after moisture, cf. rule 5 (5), 8.

Rule 7 Disease treatment

1 The disease processor shall have at least 24 months of documented service or possession of valid seafarers &apos; certificate. In the fishing vessels of a length less than 9 metres, the disease handler must fulfil the conditions for leading such ships.

2 People with Danish authority as a nurse or as a doctor can without the person referred to in paragraph 1. 1 required vessel or seafarers &apos; certificate shall be considered as a disease worker if they have carried out one of the Maritime Management of the Sea &apos; s disease treatment training.

Rule 8 Radio Medical Denmark

1 The doctors at Radio Medical Denmark have the medical responsibility for the treatment that has been given on their request.

2 Medical advice from Radio Medical Denmark in addition to the provisions of the laying-down rules shall follow the guidelines laid down in the Maritime Agency &apos; s Radio Medical Instructions by the Maritime Agency approved medical book and the user guide of the inventories of the register.

Rule 9 : Disease treatment

1 The disease treatment on board shall be organised and carried out in accordance with the instructions provided by the Maritime Management Board of the Maritime Safety Board.

2 In the cases described in the authorized medical book by the Maritime Service and the Radio Medical record, the agent shall seek medical advice as far as possible in the case of Radio Medical Denmark. Failure to seek medical advice at Radio Medical will only be conducted after examination of the patient.

3 The disease handler is responsible for the record of the Radio Medical record.

3.1 any investigation.

3.2 any ordination from Radio Medical.

3.3 any treatment.

3.4 any supply of medicinal products.

3.5 the cases described by the Sea Fartboard approved medical book.

4 Further information, investigations and processing will be supplemented by the ordination of Radio Medical.

5 Disease records and Radio Medical records shall be kept inaccessible to anyone other than the master or the disease handler.

6 The patient has a right to an insight into his own medical records and Radio Medical records.

7 The seafarers must have provided their own medical records and Radio Medical records on the shipping. For passengers, the medical record and the Radio Medical record shall be handed over at the end of the journey.

8 After the end of the beam or the end of the journey, the ship shall be kept on board the ship a printout of the medical record and the Radio Medical record for one year or until the ship &apos; s sale. The parable and then the documents are destroyed.

Regulation 10 Extradition of medicinal products

1 Medicinal products must be supplied only by the master or the disease handler.

2 Extradition must only be carried out to persons on board, because if the care and health of the master is responsible according to maritime law, the master of the ship is responsible for the ship.

3 Prior to the supply of medicinal products, the special instructions shall be observed in accordance with Rule 9 and the instructions in the guide &apos; s manual and the label of the medicinal product.

4 If the medicinal product is not taken directly at the time of delivery, it should be provided in an appropriate packaging mark with the name of the medicinal product and the dosage indication.

5 Medicinal products shall be used as far as possible only after consulting from Radio Medical Denmark.

6 In acute life-threatening situations, etc., where advice from Radio Medical Denmark is not immediately possible, the necessary medication and other treatment should be carried out in accordance with a aggregating estimate of the condition of the sick. In such cases, the reason for this is indicated in the journal book or in the case of such a document in the annexes folder. The reason may not contain personal information.

Rule 11 Training

1 The shipowner shall ensure that the master and the disease handler have undergone one of the Maritime Management Board approved training in accordance with the equipment of medicinal products and medical equipment to be found on board.

2 Training in accordance with paragraph 1. 1 shall be refreshed at least every five years. In the case of passenger ships equipped with category C and supplementary P, training must, however, be reinsurated at least every two years.

3 The Danish Maritime Agency shall lay down detailed rules for post-training in accordance with the equipment of medicinal products and medical devices on board and taking into account the particular needs of the risks and the special needs of the ships, as defined in the case of the risks and the special needs of the ships. Annex 2.

4 The Maritime Maritime Agency shall lay down requirements for equipment, premises and for training to be trained by institutions performing the training of disease practitioners and the content and scope of training courses.

Rule 12 Pliges

1 The shipowner shall ensure that the master and the operator of the disease handling board are instructed in and have the opportunity to fulfil the obligations imposed on them by this Title.

2 The master and the person responsible for the treatment of the disease shall ensure that the ship is equipped with medicinal products and equipment, as provided for in regulation 2, rule 3, and rule 4.

3 In cases where the Danish Sea Maritime Service is responsible or implements health promoters or informed campaigns, the shipowner and master shall ensure that material that is published in the context of such a campaign is made easily accessible to the crew.

Rule 13 Greenland

1 For Greenland, this section shall apply with the following deviations :

1.1 On board in ships at home in Greenland, the Greenlandic table must also :

1.1.1 You rule 2, paragraph 1. 1-6 of the records referred to in category A, B C.

1.1.2 The continuation-type CR, including the case of the supplementary supplementary, shall be : water-resistant instructions ;

1.1.3 The supplementary type of supplementary type referred to in regulation 4

1.1.4 The medical book referred to in regulation 2 and the form of the Radio Medical record for use in ships of diseases and accidents, and this section.

1.1.5 The one in Rule 5 (5). 6, the information referred to in the medicinal product concerned.

1.2 Instead of that in regulation 3, paragraph 1. The following medicinal products and medical equipment shall be provided with the following medicinal products and medical devices :

Category A :

Ships used for sailing or fishing other than 200 nautical miles from Greenland coastlines (baseline line).

Ships used for sailing or fishing in speed north of Thule and north of the Scoresby Healthy.

Category B :

Ships used for sailing or fishing at a distance of less than 200 nautical miles from Greenland coast (baseline) south of Thule and south of the Scoresby.

Ships used for sailing or fishing in the waters between Iceland and Greenland (the Danmarkstree).

Passenger ships authorised to occupy fewer than 100 passengers, which are going to speed up over 4 hours in the lake. These passenger ships shall also be provided with a first aid bag. SupplementCategories P.

Category C :

Vessels used for sailing or fishing at a distance of less than 30 nautical miles from Greenland coast (baseline) south of Thule and south of the Scoresby.

.3 Instead of Rule 5 (5), 2, the purchase of medicinal products must be carried out on the hospitals designated by the Home-Controlled Home Deals. Procurement of pharmacy reserved medicinal products may also be carried out in a pharmacy in EU/EEA countries or third countries.

.4 The one in Rule 5 (5). 3 the authorisation to obtain the requisitors of medicinal products for life-rafts shall be obtained from the Directorate-General responsible for the life-rafts.

.5 Instead of rule 10, paragraph 1. In the case of medicinal products normally only delivered by medical or medical care in Greenland, the use of medicinal products from Radio Medical Denmark or medical assistance from the Greenland Health System must not be used as far as possible. Medicinal products that normally require advice from doctors are provided in the list's user guide under remarks.

.6 Instead of rule 10, paragraph 1. 6, in acute life-threatening situations, o.l., where advice from Radio Medical Denmark or from medical assistance from the Greenland health system is not possible immediately, the necessary medication may be carried out after an overall estimate of : the condition of the sick. The reason for the advice from the Radio Medical Denmark or the Greenland Health System is not immediately possible, appear in the journal book or in the case of such a non-inspection book.

.7 The training provided for in regulation 11 shall not apply to ships with a list of C.

Appendix 1

Provisions relating to mobile reanimation equipment and oxygen tanks

1.1 The mobile resuscitation equipment consists of an oxygen tank fitted with a reduction valve, flow regulator, ventilation bag with adult mask and associated hoses.

1.2 The Flow regulator must at least be able to doze the oxygen quantity in the range from 0-1-2-3-6-9-12 and 15 litres of oxygen per minute.

1.3 Wrappers must be provided in the reserve for the connection between the reduction valve and the oxygen tank.

1.4 In addition, there must be a heavy holder and a mechanical suction with belonging to the suction catheter and a reservoir. The suction must be able to operate without the use of the oxygen bottle.

1.5 The equipment must be provided with a view to provide for first aid for first aid, and in the cardiac arrest.

2 The mobile resuscitation equipment must be aggreviated and clearly for use in a device that can easily be easily transported.

3 Ship medicine chest is medical oxygen. When the medical register is indicated a certain amount of oxygen-for example, 4 litres in a B box-this means 4 litres of oxygen under at least 200 bars of pressure, equivalent to 800 litres of " usesilt `.

4 In the mobile resuscitation equipment, the size of the oxygen tanks shall be between 2 and 4 litres. With a pressure of 200 bar, it corresponds to the following content at atmospheric pressure

2 liters bottle 2 x 200 = 400 litres

4 liters bottle 4 x 200 = 800 litres

5 The oxygen in the mobile resuscitation equipment must be divided into two cylinters of 2-4 litres. One needs to be ready for use in the resuscitation equipment.

6 The mobile resuscitation equipment shall be tested and subjected to inspection at least every three months. The inspections must be documented and certified by the master.

7 Oxypvials shall be tested no later than 10 years.

APPENDIX 2

Training requirements

Ship's approved tachograph
Category
Training certificate category
Post-Training
Everybody, move!
A
A
Access to training category A requires training, category A, and must be repeated within five years no later than 5 years. The current rules of the Maritime Management Board.
Up to 150 nautical miles (up to 175 miles by helicopter coverage) from EU shores
B
A or B
Access to post-training category B training category B requires training, category A or B, and must be repeated within five years no later than 5 years. The current rules of the Maritime Management Board.
Up to 20 nautical miles off the coast
C
A, B or C
Access to training-grade C-grade C requires training certificate categories A, B or C, and must be repeated within five years no later than 5 years. The current rules of the Maritime Management Board.

Ferries and Passenger ships
Ship's approved tachograph
Category and continuation type
-Yeah.
Up to 20 nautical miles from the coast and by more than 100 passengers and go in the sea of more than half an hour in the sea
C + P
Access to post-training medicine chest category C + P requires training, category A, B or C, to be repeated at the latest every 2 years, cf. The current rules of the Maritime Management Board.

APPENDIX 3

Hire-stretcher

1 There must be a long-back board (Spinal board) and suitable hejseboat for transporting a long pack of dormals.

2 The long-ruckboard shall have the following characteristics :

2.1 Target :

Length of length must be at least 1830 mm and not more than 1980mm

Width : at least 400mm and not more than 500mm

Depth : not more than 70 mm (upclapping and clapped)

1.2 Property weight :

The weight of not more than 8 kg (8 kg.) All weight should be as small as possible.

1.3 Sustainability :

Sustainability must be at least 150 kilograms.

1.4 Construction :

The long backboard must be a robust lightweight design. It must be fitted with at least three attacks on each side of the surface and at least one grip on foot and main.

The handles must be easily accessible and provide a safe grip, lowering and carrying.

1.5 List of bodies :

The flap must be designed in such a way that it provides maximum aid to the head, back, neck and stomach. The flap must be designed in such a way as to prevent the incursion of liquids. The material must be easy to clean, be laundable and mineraloguily. It must be able to withstand temperatures in the area + 70ºC to 30 °C.

1.6 Fastline system :

There must be at least four patient-patient firings with a quick-solution.

1.7 Flammability-toxic burning gases :

There shall be no flaming or ignition of flame by testing in accordance with EN 1021-1.

1.8 Deformation of the body room :

The long corkboard shall not be permanently bent or broken by testing in accordance with EN 1865:2000, cap.5.7.1.

1.9 Vriddediness :

There must not be a gentle deformation at test in accordance with EN 1865:2000, cap.5.7.2.

3 Requirements for suitable hejsestretcher for a long backboard

3.1 The yard must be equipped with at least three attacks on each surface and at least one grip on foot and head.

3.2 The handles must be easily accessible and provide a secure grip or a grip or a grip on the stretcher.

3.3 The flap must be designed in such a way as to prevent the incursion of liquids. The material must be easy to clean, be laundable and mineral-kept, and to be able to withstand preliminary x-ray diagnostics. It must be able to withstand temperatures in the area + 70 ° C to-30ºC.

3.4 The pits must be equipped with a lift company, to the whole of the horizontal and vertically.

3.5 At least four patient-patient attachment with a quick-and-speed solution.

3.6 Foot plate for support at heat-reading vertically.

3.7 The weight must be as low as possible.

3.8 A minimum of 150 kilograms.

APPENDIX 4

Medicine and medical devices for MOB boats : Supplementing Category M

1. According to regulations in SOLAS, LSA code Chapter III, certain larger ships must lead to a man-overboard (MOB boat). These boats must be equipped with a first-aid equipment, with a relatively limited content, which forms part of the overall equipment of the boat.

2. The content is as minimum as follows :

2. Compress bandage, approximately. 8 cm

2. Absorbing bandages, approximately. 20 x 30 cm

2. Usteriil elastic gauze, approximately. 4 cm x 4 m

2. Thirst scarves (Mitella)

Paragraph 1. Heavy cloth scissors

2 pair Enthumpers Unsterile, X-large

Paragraph 1. Pocket mash

3. The medical equipment must be packaged in a suitable and watertight vessel / bag, which shall be provided with an expiry date.

4. The medical equipment must at least once a year be subjected to inspection. I need to document the surveillance. The Documentation must be available for the Maritime Service.

5. The Maritime Maritime Management Board accepts that the first aid equipment is made out by one on the market to be a first aid kit or a box such as the ship, if any. even packed, but with the above content.

APPENDIX 5

Protecting and first-aid equipment in certain ships with the possibility of contact with gas : SupplementType G

1. Areas covered by the supplement, cf. Rule 4.4

Area A

Restricted by :

The Meridians 18 ° 30 'east and 20 ° 00' east, and the broadband latitude 55 ° 50 'north and 56 ° 40' north.

Area B

Restricted by :

Meridians latitude 14 ° 30 'east and 16 ° 30' east and the 45 ° 50 'north and 55 ° 30' east and latitude 54 ° 30 ' north.

Area C

Restricted by :

The Meridians 10 ° 00 'east and 10 ° 20' east, and the broadband of broadparals 54 ° 45 'north and 54 ° 52' north.

2. Protecting and first aid equipment

2.1 Vessels referred to in regulation 4.4 must be provided with the following protective equipment per day ; 3 crew members initiated :

2.1.1 A helmask who lives up to European standard EN 136 :, class 3 with a curve filter. Filter must live up to the European standard EN 141 : The files must be classified A2B2E2K2-P3.

2.2 A pair of butyl rubber gloves of at least 36 cm length for each crew member. The thickness of the gloves shall be 0,30-0,50 mm

2.3 First aid equipment consisting of :

A pack of tuna spatels.

Liquid soap, 0,5 litres

One-time laundromes, 100 paragraph 1.

Instructions "Pre-Aid Pre-Gas Gas."

Additional first aid equipment in area C

3 When, in Area C, vessels as described in regulation 4.4 are to be given additional aid by the first aid equipment. the number of three crew members shall consist of 10 injections sprays with mounted syringe (autoinjector) containing injector fluid corresponding to 2,0 mg of atropine sulphate and 220 mg of obidoximchloride / obido-chloride per. syringe. The injection syringes must be provided with instructions for use.

4 Equipment storage :

Respirin and filter must be stored in a suitable container, and the first aid equipment must be stored in a box marked "gas first-aid equipment." The total equipment must be placed on an easily accessible location within the ship which is adequately protected from moisture, cold and heat.

5 Duties of the master

The master shall ensure that the equipment for the purchase is marked with an expiration date and is replaced by the expiry date marked by the individual equipment parts.

APPENDIX 6

Supplement to medicinal products and medical devices for the ship-watercraft coastline vessels :

SupplementType F

1. The sea-water gliders which are equipped with medicinal products and medical equipment by category C shall be supplemented by further supplemental with the following :

Paragraph 1. mobile reanitation equipment as provided for in the Maritime Management provisions applicable to mobile reanitation equipment and oxygen bottles, cf. Annex 1.

2. Intersurgical masks, model number 1115.

Paragraph 1. Tuna holder, size 2.

Paragraph 1. Tuna holder, size 3.

Paragraph 1. Tuna holder, size four.

Paragraph 1. heav-cut clothes.

Paragraph 1. inflatable fractures, senior, whole leg.

Paragraph 1. inflatable fractures, senior, whole arm.

Paragraph 1. stiff neck braves, adjuleable to different positions.

4 (4) Hypothemium.


Chapter X

Chapter X

Work Accidents

TITLE A
Enrollment of work accidents etc. for the Maritime Maritime Service
Rule 1
Notification obligation
Rule 2
Formula Forms

Section A notification of work accidents, etc. for the Maritime Maritime Service

Regulation 1 The notification requirement

1 The driver of any ship, other than recreational craft, shall report accidents at work and poisoning incidents which have occurred on board the ship if the accident or poisoning has led to :

1.1 incapacity for 1 day or more in addition to the date of injury ; or

1.2 the injured person has not been able to carry out its usual work for 1 day or more on the day of the injury day.

2 Notification shall be made as soon as possible and no later than nine days after the date of injury. In the event of the first port of arrival at the end of this period, the first port of arrival shall be notified immediately after the first port of port.

3 The shipowner of a ship covered by the provisions of this Title shall ensure that the driver is aware of the obligation to notify the person concerned.

4 The obligation of notification under these provisions does not include accidents at work and in poisoning cases :

4.1 on off-shore plants which are in Danish sea or Danish continental socket,

4.2 in the case of shipbuilding on board ships ; or

4.3 in loading and unloading of ships.

Rule 2 Anmalisation forms

1 Notification in accordance with Rule 1 may occur in electronic form or in paper form on a special form.

2 The form of the form can be found at www.sofartsstyrelsen.dk and provided by the Maritime Service and the insurance companies.

3 The notification form shall be sent to the Maritime Maritime Maritime Agency at the address indicated by the form. Copy of the notification form shall also be given to the ship &apos; s security representative (security representative) and the injured man.

4 The shipowner shall be obliged at the request of the Maritime Maritime Agency to provide additional information on the length of the absence.

5 In the case of ships belonging to Greenland, the notification shall be made in particular form with Greenlandic text delivered by the Office of the Maritime Management Office in Nuuk / Godthåb.


Chapter XI

Chapter XI

Safety work

TITLE A
Safety work in merchant ships and larger fishing vessels
Rule 1
Application and definitions
Rule 2
Passenger ships
Rule 3
Lastships
Rule 4
Common provisions
TITLE B
Safety work in fishing vessels
Rule 1
Use
Rule 2
Port security options
Rule 3
Tasks
Rule 4
Meetings
Rule 5
Duties of duties
Rule 6
Education, ("section 8 course")

TITLE A Security-work in merchant ships and larger fishing vessels

Regulation 1 Use and definitions

1 In merchant ships, in which the crew is set, including master, of 4 persons or more, a security organisation shall be set up in accordance with the provisions of regulation 2 or 3.

2 In fishing ships which are not covered by the rules on safety work in fishing ships, i.e. fishing ships, where eight or more persons are working, including the master shall establish a safety organisation consisting of one security group in accordance with the provisions on cargo ships in regulation 3.

3 The provisions of this Title shall cover all persons employed by the shipowner or by another employer (hereinafter referred to as the reder) to carry out work on board.

4 Private is all the points set out in paragraph 1. 3 mentioned workers who are not officers of the ship or other similar working leaders.

5 A passenger ship is a ship carrying more than 12 passengers.

6 A cargo ship is a commercial ship that is not a passenger ship.

7 This Title contains provisions which are designed in the light of Council Directive no. 1989. 89 /391/EEC, EC Official Journal 1989 L 183, p. 1.

Regulation 2 Passenger ships

Security Representative

1 In passenger ships, where the crew has been determined, including : the master of the master shall be 4 or more, but fewer than 15 people must choose a security representative between the flock.

2 In passenger ships, where the crew has been determined, including : The master of the master is 15 people or more, the flock shall choose between themselves a security representative for each operating area. Where there are more than 50 persons working in an operational area, two security representatives shall be selected. Where the flock crew is alternating, a security representative may be chosen.

3 In the paragraphs in paragraph 1. 2 passenger ships referred to in the case of ships with a period of overtime on

3.1 in less than four hours, at least one security representative on board normally operating conditions during the day and during normal operating conditions of major maintenance works and other extensive works.

3.2 4 or more hours, always at least one security representative on board each operating area (tyres, machine and catering).

4 The security delegate selection applies to 2 years or until the security representative's work service terminates. Genchoices can take place.

5 No later than eight days after the election of a security representative, the master shall be informed accordingly.

Security Group

6 In the paragraphs in paragraph 1. 1 passenger ships referred to as the master shall designate a working leader who, together with the security representative, shall constitute the ship &apos; s security group.

7 In the paragraphs in paragraph 1. 2 passenger ships referred to shall designate the master of each operating area which has chosen a security representative, a working manager from the relevant operational areas. The relevant work manager is, together with the security representative, the security group of the operating area.

8 Where an operational area is selected two security representatives, the master shall designate two work leaders, and two security groups shall be set up with each of their security representatives and a working leader.

9 In the paragraphs in paragraph 1. 2 passenger ships referred to in the case of ships with a period of overtime on

9.1 In less than four hours, at least one worker shall be on board at normal operating conditions during the day, as well as at major maintenance works and other extensive works.

9.2 4 or more hours, always at least one work manager on board within each operating area (tyres, machine and catering).

Security Committee

10 The safety group or security group shall form a safety committee with the master of the ship &apos; s safety committee. The master of the ship is chairman of the committee.

11 The Security Committee referred to in paragraph 1. 1 the passenger ships referred to may be common to several ships at the same speed, if the ships are of the same type and operated by varietional herds.

12 However, in passenger ships where there are more than 3 security groups, a security committee is established by the fact that the security representatives and the designated managers shall each select three members of the Committee. As the President, a master or a responsible representative of the shipowner shall be entered. However, at least one vessel must be a member of the committee.

13 The Security Committee may, when an agreement on this subject, complete its addition to other persons.

Rule 3 Lastships

Security Representative

1 In cargo ships, where the crew has been determined, including : the master of the ship is 4 or more, but fewer than 15 people, the enlisted men shall elect a security representative.

2 In cargo ships, where the crew has been determined, including : the master of the master shall choose two security representatives from the operating areas on board where most people are employed by the master of 15 or more.

3 The security representative shall remain in force until the service of the security officer on board will be terminated, for two years, however long. Genchoices can take place.

4 No later than eight days after the election of a security representative, the master shall be informed accordingly.

Safety group and committee

5 The master shall designate, among the working leaders of the Board, a working leader who, together with the security representative, shall constitute the ship &apos; s security group. In the ships where there are two security groups, cf. paragraph 1, the groups shall be grouptogether by a security representative and a working manager for each operating area.

6 The security group referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and the security groups referred to in paragraph 1. Two, together with the master, is a safety committee. The master of the ship is chairman of the committee.

7 The Security Committee may, when an agreement on this subject, complete its addition to other persons.

Rule 4 Common provisions

Duties of the shipowner and master

1 The shipowner shall ensure that a safety organisation is established on board.

2 The shipowner shall ensure that the necessary funds are made available to the safety and health work and shall, in particular, keep the costs of the duties of own security organisations and reimburse expenses and losses incurred in connection with : necessary participation in working environment courses in accordance with paragraph 1. 8-11.

3 The master shall ensure that all employees on board and the shipowner are made aware of who is a member of Security Groups and Security Committee.

4 The master shall ensure that the members of the security organisation comply with the provisions laid down in paragraph 1. The training requirements referred to in 8 to 11.

5 The shipowner and the master shall ensure that members of the Security Committee shall be taken,

5.1 receive all necessary information of the importance of safety and health on board,

5.2 have access to proposals relating to safety and health,

5.3 have reasonable time available to carry out their duties in the security work ;

5.4 have the opportunity to acquire the necessary knowledge or training in health and health issues during working time, and

5.5 the planning and introduction of new technologies, which may have implications for health and safety by choice of equipment, personal protective equipment and technical remedies etc.

6 The shipowner and the master shall make the safety committee aware of the points made by the Sea Maritime Service in writing regarding the safety and health conditions of workers in the workers.

7 In ships where no safety organisation is to be established in accordance with the provisions of this Title, the master of instructions, training and supervision shall ensure that the work on board is carried out in the field of safety and health in the field of safety.

Education, section 16 course.

8 The members of a security group shall have undergone one of the Maritime Management Board approved work environment course.

9 In ships, including the crew, including the time limit set. the master shall ensure that at least 1 person on board approved work environment course by at least 1 person on board shall ensure that the vessel is at least one person on board.

10 In the case of ships, including the crew, including the the master of the master shall be seven or more persons, within four weeks of the selection and designation of member of the security organisation to ensign these members to one of the Maritime Management Board approved work environment course. This does not apply, however, where the person concerned has already undergone the required training, or where such a person from the same operating area could have been chosen. Members of a safety group in ships not covered by the Maritime Authority approved work environment course immediately after the selection or designation of a Maritime Safety Board shall be approved on board working environment conditions.

Tasks, duties and rights of the security organisation

11 Members of the security organisation shall work to resolve the safety and health problems on board.

12 The safety group must work for good cooperation on safety and health issues. The Security Group shall cooperate with the person who shall be responsible for working in the area concerned to resolve issues relating to the safety and health of workers at work.

13 The Security Group must ensure that working conditions and work are organised and carried out in the field of safety and health in a fully responsible way. The Group shall, in particular, check that substances and materials are used only in working processes and methods that effectively ensure that they are employed against accidents and diseases. It shall also check that efficient training and instruction is given and that tools and other technical remedies etc. are addressed and used in a safe and sound health manner.

14 The Security Group shall influence the individual to a behaviour that promotes the safety and health of its own and other people's safety and health, including the information on the provisions laid down in order to promote safety and health on board.

15 The security group shall take part in its area in the planning of safety and health work, including in the risk assessment of safety and health conditions.

16 Safety group shall :

16.1 act as the contact link between the workers and the Security Committee,

16.2 keep the committee informed of the working environment problems ; and

16.3 submit any proposals for improvements to the Committee.

17 The safety group must ensure that the working environment is tackled in a friendly way. If the risk cannot be met on the ground, then the security group shall ensure that the relationship is reported to the master.

18 Where there is no time to inform the master and the security group estimates that there is an imminent threat to the safety and health of the crew, which it cannot prevent, the group may stop the work or the work process in it. the extent to which it is necessary to avert the danger. The security group shall immediately report the stopping to the master and to give an explanation of why it was necessary.

19 If one of the members of the security group is not on board, the Member of the Group of the Party shall not be able to board the Member States 19 cases of action referred to on behalf of the group.

20 The Security Committee shall plan, search and coordinate safety and health work and any measures that may be relevant to safety and health for workers on board. The committee must register work environment problems and advise on solving the working environment issues.

21 The Security Committee shall be consulted prior to any requests to the ship for assistance to the ship when dealing with safety and health issues.

22 The Security Committee shall, in cooperation with the security group in question, ensure that the causes of accident, toxic and damage to health and to be carried out shall be investigated and indubitable measures to prevent repetitions.

23 The Security Committee and the security group concerned shall have access to the lists and the described event flows in reports of accidents at work on the ship to be drawn up.

24 The Security Committee shall :

24.1 keep in the loop on the safety and health rules laid down in order to protect workers on board,

24.2 assist in the setting up of the principles of adequate and necessary training and instruction adapted to the working conditions of the ship ;

24.3 ensure that compliance with safety information is carried out, and

24.4 cooperation with the Agency for Employment.

25 The Security Committee shall contribute to the coordination of the work on safety and health of other employers who carry out work on board.

26 Members of the security organisation shall endeavour to carry out the work in such a way as to allow at least one possible interruption to the normal work of their own or of the normal work of others.

27 Members of the security organisation shall be protected against termination, farewell or other deterioration of its conditions in the same way as the confidence-of in the person or in a professional manner.

28 The rules of the trustmanship of the contract of trust in the relevant or equivalent agreement shall normally apply to the eligibility of the elections and the validity of the elections.

Meet me at the meeting.

29 However, the Security Committee shall meet regularly at least once in the quarterly. On cargo ships, with a security crew of 4 to 6 crew members, including : the master of the master may, instead of the meetings, be used instalment as, in accordance with the meeting. Annex 1. A rrm schema must be completed every quarter. The Security Committee shall also meet when serious accidents occur, serious cases of poisoning, other health damage or serious incidents that could have caused accidents or health damage.

30 The Chairman will call in the meetings. If at least 2 members of the Committee shall make a request, the President shall convene a meeting.

31 At meetings of the Security Committee, the ship &apos; s supervisory book shall be available and accessible to the members.

32 The minutes must be drawn up from the meetings. On cargo ships, with a security crew of 4 to 6 crew members, including : the master of the ship may be rambushing, cf. Annex 1 is used instead of meeting minutes. The minutes shall be delivered to the members of the Committee, and shall be made available to the workers on board and sent to the shipowner. The Danish Maritime Service shall, at its request, be made aware of the minutes.

33 In addition to the members of the Security Committee, in addition to the members of the Committee on Security, persons may participate in the Maritime Service

34 If there is a consensus on this, the Security Committee may allow other persons to participate in the meetings of the Committee.

APPENDIX 1

AU3814_2_25.jpg

AU3814_2_26.jpg

AU3814_2_27.jpg

AU3814_2_28.jpg

Section B Safety work in fishing vessels

Regulation 1 Use

1 The provisions of this Title shall apply to all types of work carried out in fishing vessels, which shall mean a ship used for commercial catches of fish and so on, and where the nationality evidence is provided with a port identification number.

2 In fishing vessels, all those involved in fishing must be associated with a port security committee.

3 On fish ships, where 8 or more people are working, including the master of the master shall apply the same rules to the security organisation as in Chapter XI, section A on safety work in merchant ships and larger fishing vessels.

Rule 2 Havens Security options

1 A port security committee shall be set up in an appropriate number of areas following negotiations between the fishing organisations and the Maritime Maritime Agency. The number of port security committees may, as appropriate, be reviewed every three years.

2 Each port security committee shall consist of an equitable number of share fishermen and shipowners. The number of share fishermen and shipowners shall be at least 2 and no more than 5. The number of representatives shall be determined following negotiations between the fishing organisations.

3 The Port Security Committee shall elect its chairman. The Presidency of the Council shall take a different year on the shift between a party fisherman and a representative of the rep.

4 The port security committee may be associated with a work environment representative of the share fishermen and an occupational environment representative of the shipowners.

5 The fishermen will elect the members of the port security committee for the area concerned. The elections shall be valid for 2 years, or until a selected party fisherman ceaces to be acquired. Genchoices can take place.

6 The shipowners shall elect the members of the port security committee for the area concerned. The elections shall be valid for 2 years, or until a representative of the elected representative ends in the industry. Genchoices can take place.

7 The Port Security Committee shall notify the Maritime Service Management Board of the members of the committee no later than 4 weeks after the elections have taken place.

8 Elections are carried out in accordance with a special procedure agreed between the fishing organisations and approved by the Maritime Agency.

9 Inconsistencies on the selection and choice of guidelines, including questions concerning the rules applicable to use and on breaches of or interpretation of the rules, shall be decided by trade law in accordance with the law of the law on labour law.

Rule 3 Tasks

1 The Port Security Committee shall plan, search and coordinate safety and health work for fishermen. The Committee must register the work environment problems of the fishermen and shall consult with a solution to the working environment.

2 The Port Security Committee shall ensure that the causes of accident, poisoning and occupational suffering, as well as advented to it, shall be investigated and any measures which prevent repetition of events. The committee shall draw up an overall view of the work of the Committee once a year. The view must be submitted on request to the Maritime Agency.

3 The Port Security Committee shall keep informed of the safety and health rules laid down in order to protect the fishermen. The Committee shall set out the principles of the necessary training and instruction and ensure that compliance with the safety provisions is maintained.

Rule 4 Meetings

1 The Noun security committee shall meet at least once in the quarter. The Committee shall also meet whenever serious accidents, serious poisoning or other serious health damage, and where necessary, shall be met. Extraordinary meeting shall be held when the chairman considers it necessary, or if at least 2 members of the Committee shall make a wish.

2 We must call for ordinary meetings in the port security committee in good time.

3 The minutes of the meetings of the port security committee shall be drawn up. References from meetings of the port security committee shall be sent to all the organisations concerned in the area and at the request of the Maritime Maritime Service.

Rule five Reores of the Reds

1 The shipowners shall ensure that the members of the port security committee shall have the time required to carry out their duties in the security work.

2 The shipowners must give the members of the port security committees the opportunity to acquire the necessary knowledge or education in health and safety issues.

3 The shipowners shall bear the costs of the duties of the port security committee and reimburse the loss of income, including expenditure and loss of revenue in the case of necessary participation in safety and work environment courses, etc.

4 Inconsistencies concerning the provisions referred to in paragraph 1 3 matters, including questions relating to the rules applicable, and on breaches of or interpretation of the rules shall be decided by professional law in accordance with the law on labour law.

5 The shipowners shall be obliged to make the members of the port security committee known to the territory of the port security committee in writing, in writing, in writing to one in the premises of the indigenous fishing vessel, in addition to what is contained in the periodic inspection.

Rule 6 Education, ("§ 8 course")

1 The Danish Maritime Agency may, after obtained the opinion of the Board of Goverships, lay down rules or guidelines for the training of the training of the port security committees, including in the form and content of the port security authorities. This may include, in particular, the requirements to be made available to the training instructor.

2 For the members of the port security committee, the training shall have a duration of 32 hours.

3 No later than four weeks after the establishment of a port security committee or in the near-elections to the Committee, the chairman of the relevant port security committee concerned shall register the members of the Maritime Safety Board approved work environment course.

4 Exempted from paragraph 1. Three are members who have already been given the prescribed working environment training.

5 Members of the port security committees have a duty to participate in the required training.


Chapter XII

Chapter XII

Work Environment Emission

TITLE A
Maritime Agency for the Maritime Safety Agency and the EWS
Rule 1
Maritime Safety Agency
Rule 2
The working environment service for the seaship
Rule 3
Staff of service
Rule 4
Funding
Rule 5
Sea Fartboard
TITLE B
Work Environment Estate Estate and Work Estate Service
Rule 1
Work Environment Council Fisheries Council
Rule 2
Eco-environmental service fishing
Rule 3
Staff of service
Rule 4
Funding
Rule 5
Sea Fartboard

Section A Maritime Agency and Eco-service

Rule 1 The Agency for Safety of the Maritime Safety Agency

1 The Maritime Service Board shall set up the Maritime Board of the Maritime Organisation.

2 The Maritime Safety Agency is a private self-adder institution.

3 The purpose of the Maritime Safety Agency is to :

3.1 promote the safety and health of employees, both physically and mentally ;

3.2 the prevention of environmental damage, including accidents at work, occupational diseases and dissuasion among staff of Danish merchant ships ; and

3.3 the creation and development of the basis for ensuring that the ship &apos; s security organisations through an organised work environment work on board are able to resolve security and health issues so that a safe and healthy working environment can be maintained, there ; at all times, in accordance with the technical and social development of shipping and in society.

4 The Tasks of the Maritime Safety Agency are to :

4.1 map and assess the workenvironment &apos; s working environment problems in cooperation with the shipping company and the security organisation ;

4.2 provide information and guidance on the rules and regulations applicable in the field of maritime transport,

4.3 submit wishes and proposals to the Board of Supervisory Board and the Maritime Agency for changes in the provisions on safety and health conditions in merchant vessels,

4.4 make proposals and comment on new rules, and on individual cases, which the Board of Supervisory and the Sea Fartship shall submit to it, and

4.5 cooperate and participate in the reciprocal exchange of information with other affected authorities and bodies, and shall contribute to the collection and audit of statistical material on the safety and health conditions of merchant vessels.

5 The Maritime Safety Agency shall be led by a Management Board with up to 12 members representing a balanced representation of employers (hereinafter referred to as shipowners) and seafarers.

6 The Board of Directors and Delegates to the Administrative Board shall be appointed by the Maritime Agency by the nominations by the most representative maritime organisations following a special selection procedure by one of the Shipboard Supervisory Board. However, one of the representatives of the Minister of Finance shall be adjusted.

7 The detailed rules on the Maritime Agency and its activities shall be laid down by the Staff Regulations approved by the Sea Fartboard.

Regulation 2 Maritime Labour Service

1 The Maritime Safety Agency shall establish the work environment service of the Maritime Service.

2 The work environment service for the seagoing service shall be responsible for the safety and health conditions of persons operating on board a merchant ship, operating on board their trade ships with a gross tonnage of 20 or more, and is Secretariat of the Maritime Safety Board.

3 Any reder who has the staff within the person referred to in paragraph 1. 2 mentioned persons shall be covered by the Maritime Labour Service Service.

4 The work environment service for the Maritime Maritime Service has been designated by the Maritime Safety Agency for the purpose of the Maritime Safety Agency.

4.1 identify and assess work environment problems on merchant ships, as well as assisting nedes, ship &apos; s management and safety organisation for the solution and work environment ;

4.2 advise shipowners, shipping and safety management organisation for the execution and assessment of the occupational performance measurements,

4.3 advise shipowners, shipping and safety management by the purchase, control and use of personal protective equipment ;

4.4 conduct systematic health examinations of particularly exposed groups or individuals ; and

4.5 contribute to the training and advice in health and health and hygienic matters.

5 The attendance of seafarers in the health examination referred to in paragraph 1 shall be : 4, no. 4, assuming the consent of the person concerned.

6 The Agency for the Maritime Safety Service may, according to guidelines laid down by the Maritime Safety Agency at the request of the shipots, shipyards, producers, suppliers or others and against payment undertake to carry out tasks relating to the working environment at sea.

7 The working environment service and the safety organisation of each ship shall cooperate and inform each other in all areas that are relevant to safety and health on board.

8 The working environment service of the Maritime Maritime Service may take part without voting rights in the individual ships &apos; s security committee meetings following further agreements.

9 If there is not a safety organisation in a ship, the Agency for the Maritime Safety Agency shall contact direct contact, ship and staff for cooperation and information in all areas that are relevant to safety and health on board.

10 The shipowner has a duty to pass on the information received from the Maritime Service (s) of materials and information relating to the working environment to the individual ship &apos; s safety organisation and in cases where a security organisation is not created for : the ship &apos; s deletion and the other servants on board.

11 The working environment service of the Maritime Maritime Service shall cooperate with and participate in a reciprocal exchange of information with the authorities concerned, institutions and others.

Rule 3 Officials of the service

1 The Board of Directors of the Maritime Safety Board shall hire a secretariat of the Secretariat, which shall be responsible for the day-to-day management of the undertaking. The Maritime Safety Agency shall be provided in accordance with paragraph 1. 2 and 3 staff for the service of the seagoing service for such a volume and such composition, that the service may be able to carry out the service in Regulation 1 (1). 4, and Rule 2 (2). 4, mentioned tasks.

2 Part of the staff must normally be associated with the Maritime Labour Service in a permanent employment relationship, but part of the service's tasks can also be carried out as consultancy by private companies, public institutions and types of services ; institutes, etc.

3 In order to carry out major tasks that require specific building of knowledge, such as in the medical field, these on longer-term contracts may be placed in external cooperation institutions, such as the research unit for Maritim Medicine.

4 The staff of the Maritime Safety Agency shall be subject to access to board any of the Danish commercial ship covered by the provisions of this Title in the performance of their duties.

5 The staff of the Maritime Safety Agency must in the performance of the industry to ensure that the ship does not unnecessarily be kept, or the work on board unnecessarily complics.

6 The staff of the Maritime Safety Agency shall be required on request to show a legitimate identity.

7 It shall be responsible for the ship &apos; s reder, the driver and the chief engineer, as well as anyone acting on their behalf, to provide the staff of the Agency for all necessary assistance in carrying out the tasks and provide any information related to it.

8 The staff of the Maritime Safety Agency has a duty to unknowingly keep secret what they are doing in their knowledge. The duty of confidentiality shall, however, be limited by any obligation to provide information under any other legislation.

9 The working environment of the seagoing service shall not indicate to the shipowners and the ship &apos; s shipping information that an investigation or similar activity is carried out as a result of a contact from one or more staff.

10 If the working environment of the Maritime Safety service is informed of a ship that carries a risk to the safety and health of employees, they are obliged to inform the shipowner without delay, the ship &apos; s personnel ; the safety organisation and the staff concerned thereof.

Rule 4 Funding

1 The shipowners shall bear the costs of the establishment and operation of the Maritime Agency for the Maritime Service, including to the necessary training of staff in the service. The State aid for the Agency for the Maritime Agency and the Estate Service are laid down on the Finance Bill. Measures taken by the Maritime Safety Agency and the Working Environment Service shall not lead to costs for the staff on board.

2 The overall economic framework of the operations and operations of the Maritime Safety Agency and the working environment services must be removed from the activities being financed separately from the level of 2008. The Maritime Safety Agency can, whatever it may, be 1. Act. amend the economic framework corresponding to the evolution of prices, wages or in the size of the commercial fleet.

3 The working environment of the Maritime Maritime Agency shall fix the overall economic framework and the distribution of the expenditure on the individual rearing.

4 The Maritime Agency &apos; s Work Environment Council shall forecast the overall economic framework of the Maritime Safety Agency and the functions and operations of the Workenvironment service and the expected distribution of the expenditure on the individual reminders for a given period of three years. The financial framework shall be definitively established once a year in relation to the current employment of Danish ships and the tasks of general interest in the profession, which the Council of Governing Board decides. The Board of Directors of the Council shall determine the individual services to the shipping companies that are to be paid separately.

5 It is up to the individual shipots to register for the Maritime Agency and the work environment service. It is also incumbed to the shipowner himself to report the necessary information and to pay the financial contributions. Reporting of the necessary information and payment of the financial contributions shall take place in this country by one of the Maritime Labour Environment Council.

6 The Maritime Agency may pay the activities of activity payments to the Maritime Safety Board, in accordance with the provisions of the Ministry of Employment in any time applicable to the work environment performance of the Agency for the Environment, Public Health and Industry.

7 Consultants can be directly linked to the Maritime Agency for the Maritime Organisation or to one or more of the organisations represented by the Council.

8 The Maritime Agency shall refund the costs of the Maritime Labour Service's occasional travel to ships in foreign ports, with up to half of the travel expenses. The Maritime Agency shall determine, in the course of negotiations with the Maritime Safety Agency, an annual maximum grant for these expenditure.

Rule five Lake Farm.

1 The Maritime Management Board shall ensure compliance with the provisions, including the composition of the Maritime Labour Service, and have such qualifications that it is capable of carrying out the duties incumcable to it.

2 The Maritime Agency may provide for the Office of the Maritime Safety Board that the conditions which are contrary to the provisions of this Title must be put right or before a time limit.

3 The Maritime Safety Board shall deliver annually to the Board of Governing Board and the Maritime Agency a report on the work of the Council in the past year.

4 The Maritime Service Agency may impose statistical information on all the conditions relating to the working environment at sea, and the Maritime Agency may impose statistical information on the Maritime Safety Agency.

Section B Fisheries Agency Agency and Eco-Service

Rule 1 Fisheries Agency :

1 The Maritime Service Board shall set up a Fisheries Agency &apos; s Work Environment Council.

2 The work environment of the fishing industry is a private self-adder institution.

3 The work of the fishing industry has been designed to

3.1 promote the safety and health of fish, both physically and mentally ;

3.2 the prevention of environmental damage, including accidents at work, occupational diseases and dissuasion among staff of Danish fishing vessels ; and

3.3 the creation and development of the basis for ensuring that the safety organisation of the fishermen through an organised work environment is able to resolve the health and health issues so that a safe and healthy working environment can be maintained, which, at any given time, must be maintained ; time is in keeping with the technical and social developments in the fisheries sector and in society.

4 The tasks of the fishing industry for the fishing industry are to :

4.1 map and assess the working environment problems of the industry in cooperation with the shipowners and the security organisation ;

4.2 provide information and guidance on the rules and regulations applicable to the fisheries sector ;

4.3 coordinate the work of the port security committees ;

4.4 submit wishes and proposals to the Board of Supervisory Board and the Maritime Agency for changes in the provisions on safety and health conditions in fishing vessels,

4.5 make proposals and comment on new rules, and on individual cases, which the Board of Supervisory or the Sea Fartboard shall submit to it, and

4.6 cooperate and participate in the mutual development of information with the authorities and bodies concerned, and shall contribute to the collection and audit of statistical material on the safety and health conditions of fishing vessels.

5 The Eco-Health Board shall be chaired by a Management Board with up to 8 members representing a balanced representation of party fishermen and shipowners respectively.

6 Representatives and Delegates to the Administrative Board shall be appointed by the Maritime Agency by the nominations by the most representative fisheries organisations, in accordance with one of the Transitional Supervisory Board, drawn up in particular the selection procedure.

7 The detailed rules concerning the Fisheries Agency and its activities shall be laid down by the Staff Regulations approved by the Sea Fartboard.

Regulation 2 Fisheries Ecoservice Service

1 The Fisheries Labour Agency is setting up a Fisheries Labour Environment Service.

2 The work environment service of the fishing industry shall be responsible for the safety and health conditions of persons operating on board fishing vessels and are Secretariat of the Fisheries Agency for the Committee on Fisheries and, if any, by the Committee set up.

3 Anyone in the sea engaged in fishing, including bee-business fishermen, is covered by the Eco-environmental service of the fisheries sector.

4 The work environment service of the fishing industry shall be responsible for the purpose of the guidelines laid down by the Fisheries Labour Agency :

4.1 identify and assess working environment problems on fishing vessels, and to assist shipowners, employees and the fishing security organisation for the solution to the working environment ;

4.2 advise shipowners, employees and the safety organisation &apos; s security organisation for the execution and assessment of work performance measurements,

4.3 advise shipowners, employees and the safety organisation of the fishing organisation when purchasing, checking, and the use of personal protective equipment ;

4.4 conduct systematic health examinations of particularly exposed groups or individuals ; and

4.5 contribute to the training and advice in health and health and hygienic matters.

5 The participation of a fisherman in the health examination referred to in paragraph 1 shall be : 4.4 requires the consent of the person concerned.

6 The work environment service of the fishing industry may, according to guidelines laid down by the Fisheries Agency for the request of shipowners, shipyards, producers, suppliers or others and against payment undertake to carry out tasks relating to the working environment at sea.

7 The work of the fishing industry and the safety organisation of the fisheries sector shall cooperate and inform each other in all areas that are relevant to the safety and health of board.

8 Members of the Fisheries Labour Agency and the Fisheries Labour Service may participate without the right to vote in the individual port security committee &apos; s encounters by closer agreement.

9 The shipowner shall be obliged to disclose the materials and information relating to the working environment to the individual ship &apos; s working environment as well as to the relevant port security committee to the extent necessary.

10 The working environment service of the fishing industry shall cooperate and participate in a reciprocal exchange of information with the authorities concerned, institutions and others.

Rule 3 Officials of the service

1 The Board of the Fisheries Board shall hire a director who is responsible for the day-to-day management of the company. The working environment of the fishing industry shall be set in accordance with paragraph 1. 2 and 3 staff for the EcoService EcoService Service of the Fisheries Committee and in such a composition that the service may carry out the service in rule 1 (1). 4, and Rule 2 (2). 4, mentioned tasks.

2 Part of the staff must normally be associated with the Fisheries Labour Service in a permanent employment relationship, but part of the service's tasks can also be carried out as consultancy by private companies, public institutions and types of services ; institutes, etc.

3 In order to carry out major tasks that require specific building of knowledge, such as in the medical field, these on longer-term contracts may be placed in external cooperation institutions, such as the research unit for Maritim Medicine.

4 Employment and dismissal shall be carried out by the Director of the Fisheries Labour Service Service, cf. paragraph 1-3. Prioritizing and delegation of tasks shall be undertaken by the Director of the Service according to guidelines issued by the Fisheries Agency for the Fisheries Board.

5 The staff of the fishing industry shall be able to board any Danish fishing vessel in the performance of their office, where persons are employed who are subject to the provisions of this Title.

6 The working environment of the fishing industry must in the performance of the industry to ensure that the ship is not unnecessarily detained, or the work on board unnecessarily complicating them.

7 The working environment of the fishing industry shall require a request for identification.

8 It shall be responsible for the ship &apos; s relocation and the driver, as well as anyone acting on their behalf, to provide the staff of the Agency for all necessary assistance in carrying out the tasks and to provide any information related to it.

9 The staff of the fishing industry have a duty to remain secret, in the face of what they are doing, knowing what they are doing. The duty of confidentiality shall, however, be limited by any obligation to provide information under any other legislation.

10 The working environment of the fishing environment shall not be provided to the shipowners and the masters of the fishing industry to indicate that a study or similar investigation is carried out as a result of a call from one or more staff.

11 If the working environment of the Fisheries Agency shall be informed on board a ship that carries a risk to the safety and health of employees, they are obliged to inform the nests without delay, the driver and the associated safety ; the port security committee and the staff concerned thereof.

12 The members of the Fisheries Agency shall be subject to the same provisions as laid down in paragraph 1. 9-11 on confidentiality.

Rule 4 Funding

1 Expenditure on the establishment and operation of the Fisheries Agency for Employment and Health Service and the necessary training of staff in the service shall be borne by persons driving business fishing and employed by workers at sea on board ; fishing vessels, and all vessel owners who deal with commercial fishermen or biindustrialists (shipowners). The funding for the Fisheries Labour Agency and the work environment service are being set out in the financial legislation.

2 Measures taken by the Fisheries Agency and the Working Environment Service shall not lead to the costs of the staff on board.

3 The overall economic framework of the operations and operations of the Fisheries Agency and the working environment services must be removed from the activities financed separately from the level of 2008. The work environment of the fisheries sector may, however, be 1. Act. amend the economic framework corresponding to the evolution of prices, wages or the size of the fishing fleet.

4 The working environment of the fisheries sector shall fix the overall economic framework and the distribution of the expenditure on the individual rears.

5 It is the responsibility of each person to be registered for the Estate Service and to report to them the information required for the determination of the necessary information. It is also the responsibility of the shipowner to pay the financial contribution made by the Fisheries Labour Agency to one of the EPA's place of work here in the country.

6 In the case of non-payment of the guilty contribution, the Agency &apos; s Agency for Health may levy a 40-cent ry-over fee. and interest rate from the due date of the rate which are stated in the interest of late payment and so on. (Interest on top).

7 The Maritime Agency may pay the activities of activity grants to the Fisheries Agency &apos; s Agency for the Agency &apos; s activities in accordance with the provisions of the Ministry of Employment in any time applicable to the work environment performance of the Agency for the Environment, Public Health and Industry.

8 Consultants may be directly linked to the Fisheries Agency &apos; s Agency for the Agency or to one or more of the organisations represented by the Council.

Rule five Lake Farm.

1 The Maritime Maritime Agency shall ensure that the Fisheries Agency is in compliance with the provisions of this Title and that the working environment service has a staff that is so complex and has such qualifications that it is capable of carrying out the tasks that are : It falls to it

2 The Maritime Agency may offer the Office of the Fisheries Health Council that the conditions which are contrary to the provisions of this Title must be put in order immediately or before a time limit.

3 The Fisheries Board of Fisheries emits a report on the Council's work every year on the Council's work in the past year.

4 The Maritime Agency may instructs the Agency for the Fisheries Agency to provide statistical information on all aspects relating to the working environment on fishing vessels.

Official notes

1) Chapter I, allow young people to use mentioned technical aids designed or fenced in such a way as to ensure that the moving and processing parts are inaccessible during operation.

1) Chapter A II : European Parliament and Council Regulation (EC) No, 1907/2006 of 18. December 2006 on the registration, assessment and approval of and restrictions on chemicals (REACH), on the creation of a European Chemicals Agency and amending Directive 1999 /45/EC and repealing Council Regulation (EEC) No 793/93 and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1488/94 and Council Directive 76 /769/EEC and Commission Directive 91 /1 5 5 / EEC, 93 /105/EC and 2000 /21/EC (EU Official Journal of the European Official Journal (EU Official Journal) L396 of 30/12/06 s.1).

1) Chapter A II, Appendix 1 : See Chapter A II, note 1).

2) Chapter A II, Exhibit 1. This Annex shall be brief on the headlines which are to be in the safety data sheet in accordance with REACH. In addition, a summary of the content requirements of the REACH Regulation has been created, for any time valid guidelines for the preparation of the safety data sheet contained in REACH, Annex II, 'Guidelines for the preparation of safety data sheets'. It must be emphasised that the rendering of the information contained in this Annex alone is justified in practical terms and does not affect or replace the text of the REACH Regulation.

1) Chapter B-1 III. For a work period T d in the case of 12 hours, the daily noise load shall be increased by 1,8 dB (A) and in 16 hours at 3.0 dB (A) when noise levels are unchanged.

2) Chapter B-1 III. For a 12-hour business day, this corresponds to a maximum level of energy equivalent, L Aeq, 12 at 83 dB (A).

1) Chapter A VI. Directive 2006 /42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17. May 2006 on machinery and amending Directive 95 /16/EC ("Machine Directive") is implemented through the Order of Work (WA). 612 of 25. June 2008 on the introduction of technical remedies.

2) Chapter A VI. For example, other provisions concerning the use of technical remedies are in Technical Technical Statement on the lifting of the hectare and the landfill in ships and Notifications from the Maritime Agency B, E and F.

1) Chapter A VIII. OJ No L In 196, 16.8.1967, p. 1.

2) Chapter AVIII. OJ No L L 187, 16.7.1988, p. 14.